A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS...

190
A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for INCARNATE WORD ACADEMY CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS Ferrell/Brown & Associates, Inc. - Architects P. 0. Box 6763 700 Everhart Terrace - Suite C11 Corpus Christi, Texas 78466-6763 (361) 854-1967 Fax: (361) 855-2339 NRG Engineering, Inc. - M.E.P. Engineers 5656 S. Staples, Suite 360 Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 (361) 852-2727 Fax: (361) 852-2922 Wilkerson & Sanders, Inc. - Structural Engineer 334 Paloma Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 (361) 853-2071 Fax: (361) 853-3274 Architect's Project No. 16-786 March 6, 2017

Transcript of A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS...

Page 1: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for

INCARNATE WORD ACADEMY CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS

ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS

Ferrell/Brown & Associates, Inc. - Architects P. 0. Box 6763

700 Everhart Terrace - Suite C11 Corpus Christi, Texas 78466-6763 (361) 854-1967 Fax: (361) 855-2339

NRG Engineering, Inc. - M.E.P. Engineers 5656 S. Staples, Suite 360

Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 (361) 852-2727 Fax: (361) 852-2922

Wilkerson & Sanders, Inc. - Structural Engineer 334 Paloma

Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 (361) 853-2071 Fax: (361) 853-3274

Architect's Project No. 16-786

March 6, 2017

ron
Typewritten Text
Proposal 2798
ron
Typewritten Text
Page 2: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 3: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL FOR

INCARNATE WORD ACADEMY CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS

TABLE OF ARCHITECTURAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENTS

DIVISION

DIVISION 1

SECTION 01010 SECTION 01030 SECTION 01500 SECTION 01730

DIVISION 2

SECTION 02050 SECTION 02200 SECTION 02281 SECTION 02365 SECTION 02510 SECTION 02821

DIVISION 3

SECTION 03100 SECTION 03164 SECTION 03200 SECTION 03300

DIVISION4

SECTION 04100 SECTION 04150 SECTION 04210 SECTION 04220

DIVISION 5

SECTION 05120 SECTION 05210 SECTION 05310 SECTION 05500 SECTION 05510

DESCRIPTION

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Instructions For Bidders General Conditions Of The Contract Proposal Summary of Work Alternates Construction Facilities Operating and Maintenance Data

SITE WORK - ARCHITECTURAL

Demolition Earthwork Soil Pre-treatment Drilled Concrete Piers with Underreams Concrete Paving, Curbs & Sidewalks Ornamental Metal Fences and Gates

CONCRETE

Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In -Place Concrete

MASONRY-

Masonry Mortar Masonry Accessories Brick Masonry Concrete Masonry Units

METALS

Structural Steel Steel Joists & Girders Steel Decking Metal Fabrications Pre-Engineered Metal Walkway Canopy (Alt No. 2)

Table of Contents - Page 1 of 2

NO.OF PAGES

4 8 2 2 2 2 2

3 4 2 2 2 4

3 2 2 7

2 2 3 3

3 4 2 3 3

Page 4: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTIC

SECTION 06100 Rough Carpentry 2 SECTION 06200 Finish Carpentry & Millwork 3 SECTION 06205 Plastic Laminate Clad Casework 3

DIVISION7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION

SECTION 07160 Dampproofing, Waterproofing, and Flashings 2 SECTION 07210 Building Insulation 3 SECTION 07514 Single Ply Membrane Roofing System 3 SECTION 07600 Sheet Metal Flashings & Trim 2 SECTION 07610 Metal Roofing 3 SECTION 07620 Under Slab Vapor Barrier 2 SECTION 07820 Roofing Accessories 3 SECTION 07920 Caulking & Sealants 3

DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS

SECTION 08100 Hollow Metal Doors 3 SECTION 08110 Hollow Metal Frames 3 SECTION 08210 Wood Doors 3 SECTION 08410 Aluminum Storefront & Entrances 3 SECTION 08710 Finish Hardware 7 SECTION 08810 Glass & Glazing 4

DIVISION 9 FINISHES

SECTION 09205 Furring & Lathing 2 SECTION 09220 Cement Plaster (Stucco) 3 SECTION 09260 Light Steel Framing and Gypsum Wallboard Systems 6 SECTION 09310 Ceramic Tile 3 SECTION 09510 Lay-in Acoustical Ceilings 3 SECTION 09660 Resilient Flooring 3 SECTION 09900 Painting 4

DIVISION 10 SPECIAL TIES

SECTION 10100 Markerboards & Tackboards 2 SECTION 10500 Miscellaneous Specialties 3 SECTION 10800 Toilet Accessories 2

DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT NON-APPLICABLE

DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS • NON-APPLICABLE

DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION • NON-APPLICABLE

DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS- NON-APPLICABLE

Table of Contents - Page 2 of 2

Page 5: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS

Article 1. Nature of Project:

1. The Sisters of the Incarnate Word and Blessed Sacrament (hereafter after called the "Owner") will receive sealed Proposals for the A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL FOR INCARNATE WORD ACADEMY, CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS project (hereafter called the "Project") in accordance with the Specifications, Plans and other Contract Documents prepared by Ferrell/Brown & Associates, Inc. (hereafter called "Architect").

2. Time is of the essence. The Owner desires that the project be substantially complete on or before April 1, 2018. The date of Substantial Completion may be extended by delays approved by Architect in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents governing the construction of such Project. Failure to complete such Project within the time prescribed will subject the bidder to whom the contract is awarded (hereafter called "Contractor") to liability for liquidated damages, as provided in the Supplementary General Conditions of the Contract.

Article II. Form of Proposals:

1. Lump-sum bids, designated "Project Proposal", for construction of the complete and entire Project will be considered.

2. Proposals must be submitted on the forms promulgated by Owner and accompanied by bid security as set out in paragraph 1 of Article Ill below. No Proposal, or modification to a Proposal, shall be made orally or by telephone or by telegraph or by facsimile transmission ("fax").

3. All blank spaces in the Proposal form should be filled out completely, and all numbers set forth both in words and in figures. If the bidder does not desire to bid on any part of the Proposal or any alternate, he should insert the words "none" or "no bid".

4. Proposals must be submitted in sealed opaque envelopes plainly marked showing the Project for which the Proposal is intended and the name and address of the bidder. Proposals are to be addressed to the Incarnate Word Academy and are to be delivered to the office of Ferrell/Brown & Associates, Inc., 700 Everhart Terrace, Suite C-11, Corpus Christi, Texas 78411, prior to 2:00 p.m. o'clock, Tuesday, April 4, 2017. At such time and date or as soon thereafter as the Owner considers feasible, the Proposals will be opened and read privately.

5. Proposal may be withdrawn by written or telegraphic request received by Owner prior to the time fixed for opening. Two signed copies of any such telegraphic withdrawal should be forwarded immediately to Owner in a sealed opaque envelope properly marked to identify the contents. Faxed proposals, bid bonds, etc., are not acceptable.

6. All bids shall be computed exclusive of the Texas Sales Tax.

Article Ill. Bid Security:

1. A certified or cashier's check, or bid bond acceptable to Owner, in the amount of at least five percent (5%) of the largest amount bid must accompany each Proposal submitted. Such bid security is to protect Owner against the withdrawal of bids following the opening of bids and to further protect Owner against failure, neglect or refusal of any bidder awarded a contract to execute the required Contract and furnish the required Performance and Payment Bonds within ten (10) days after notification of the acceptance of his bid.

Instructions For Bidders - Page 1 of 4

Page 6: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2. If any bidder withdraws his bid he shall forfeit such bid security to Owner as liquidated damages for such default. If any bidder whose bid is accepted by Owner fails or refuses to enter into the Contract provided for by Owner or fails or refuses to furnish the required Contract and required Performance and Payment Bonds within ten (10) days after notification of such acceptance, he shall forfeit such bid security to Owner as liquidated damages for such default.

3. The bid security of all bidders, except the three lowest, shall be returned promptly after the tabulation of bids. All bid security will be returned at such time as the Construction Contract has been executed by the successful bidder. However, if Owner fails to accept any bid within thirty days after the date scheduled for opening of bids and a bidder withdraws his bid, his bid security shall also be returned.

Article IV. Qualifications:

1. Bidder shall include a description of the organizational structure being proposed, including the names of the proposed Superintendent and Project Manager.

2. Any bidder, in order to be eligible to bid, must be able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Owner that he has the financial capacity to carry on the work until such time as he receives the first payment under the Contract, and that he is able to finance the work between payments until the construction is completed and accepted.

Article V. Examination of Contract Documents & Site:

1. Each bidder, before submitting his Proposal, shall fully examine and acquaint himself with the Contract Documents and the site of the proposed Project. He shall make such investigation as he may deem necessary to fully inform himself of the existing conditions, facilities, difficulties, restrictions and requirements incident to completion of the Project under the terms of the Contract.

2. Failure of the bidder to acquaint himself adequately with the site and such conditions, facilities, difficulties, restrictions and requirements will not relieve him of his obligation to perform the entire Contract at the price set forth in this proposal.

Article VI. Contract Documents:

1. Specifications and General Conditions incorporated by reference are on file at the office of the Architect, Ferrell/Brown & Associates, Inc., 700 Everhart Terrace, Suite C-11, Corpus Christi, Texas 78411, where they may be inspected by bidders without charge.

2. If any bidder is in doubt as to the meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, or if he discovers what he considers to be a discrepancy, omission or conflict in such Contract Documents, he shall immediately call the Architect's attention to same by written notice or request for an interpretation of same. If such written notice or request is delivered to the Architect prior to 72 hours before the time set for opening bids, the Architect shall issue a written addendum, forwarded to all persons who, to the knowledge of the Architect, are prospective bidders setting out any corrections to such Contract Documents or the Architect's interpretation thereof, as the case may be. Any opinion expressed by Architect in interpreting the Contract Documents shall not be binding upon Owner, nor does Architect warrant that the Owner will accept his interpretation of such documents.

Article VII. Addenda:

1. Changes in or official interpretations of the Contract Documents will be made only by written addenda.

Instructions For Bidders - Page 2 of 4

Page 7: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2. Receipt of all addenda issued by Architect shall be acknowledged in each bidder's proposal, and shall constitute a part of the final contract. It is the duty of each bidder to obtain any and all addenda and failure of a bidder to receive any addendum will not release him from any obligation under his Proposal. However, if any bidder fails to receive any addendum, and his bid is otherwise determined to the Owner to be the best bid, the contract may be awarded to him and the changes in the work set out in the addendum will be incorporated into the he contract by a change order, with a corresponding adjustment in the contract price to be made as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.

Article VIII. Award of Contract:

1. Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, to accept the Proposal or Proposals it considers most advantageous, and to waive irregularities or informalities in bidding, and to hold all Proposals for thirty (30) days after the date scheduled for opening such proposals.

2. Before a contract is awarded, the apparent low bidder, upon request by either Architect or Owner, shall furnish to the Owner all or any portion of the following:

a. A verified statement of his financial condition during the three (3) month period prior to the bid opening, his experience record, a schedule of his equipment, and such other evidence of his ability to complete the Project in the manner and by the time specified in the Contract Documents as the Owner or Architect may request.

b. Detailed price sheets ( original and two copies) listing the general contract price of each portion of the work, together with a "breakdown" of prices for each of bidder's sub-contractors. Such list of prices shall represent the true cost of the work to the Owner, including the bidder's profit, which shall be prorated over the term of the contract.

c. A list of proposed sub-contractors.

3. The bidder whose bid is accepted by Owner under the Project Proposal shall within ten (10) days after receipt of notice that his proposal has been accepted, execute a Construction Contract with Owner on forms provided by the Owner.

Article IX. Performance & Payment Bonds:

1. Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, each in the amount of the full contract price, and each on the forms acceptable to the Owner. Such bonds must be written by a Company, or companies, acceptable to the Owner.

Article X. Equivalent Products:

1. In order to establish the desired standard of quality or effect, the Specifications make reference to specific brands, trade-names and/or manufacturer of specified systems, methods, materials and/or services. Additionally, where appropriate, manufacturers of equivalent systems or products are listed. These do not require approval prior to bidding.

2. Where approval is required prior to bidding others desiring to bid "as equals" shall obtain Architects' written permission to do so not later than five (5) days prior to the scheduled bid date. The Architect shall be provided with manufacturer's data, cut sheets and other supportive information sufficient to allow the Architect to render a decision. Also included shall be a letter referenced to this specific project stating that the proposed system, method, material or service meets

Instructions For Bidders - Page 3 of 4

Page 8: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

or exceeds that specified. Approved equals shall be identified in writing. The decision of the Architect is absolute and final.

Article XI. Permits & Fees:

1. The Contractor shall include within his bid the cost of all required permits, fees and inspections. This includes any notifications required by TCEQ or other public health agencies.

Article XII. Trench Excavation:

1. If the project requires trench excavation which will exceed a depth of five feet, the Contractor will be required to comply with the provisions of the Trench Safety Requirements of the Contract Documents and to include a separate pay item for trench excavation safety protection based upon (i) the number of linear feet of trench excavated, and (ii) the square feet of any shoring used to satisfy any special shoring requirements. Bidders shall include in proposal, in their own format as an Addendum to Proposal form.

Article XIII. Storm Water Pollution:

1. Contractor shall include all soil erosion and pollution measures indicated on the Drawings and as otherwise required by the City of Corpus Christi. All costs related to this requirement shall be included in the Contract Sum.

Article XIV. Taxes:

1 . Contractor shall include within his bid all applicable taxes.

Article XV. Alternates:

1. Refer Section 01030.

Article XXI. Windstorm:

1. All work performed under the contract shall be in accordance with Texas Windstorm Insurance Association (T.W.I.A.} and T.D.I. regulations and requirements for Inland 1 (120 mph. w/3 second gust).

2. Certifications and inspections related thereto shall be accomplished and paid for by the Owner. Work in place that fails to meet inspection requirements shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner. Costs of reinspection will be borne by the Contractor.

Article XXII. Betterment Funds:

1. Bidders shall include a $30,000 allowance for the development of a prayer garden. Refer Section 10500.

2. Bidders shall include a $50,000 allowance for project betterment. Refer Section 10500.

Instructions For Bidders - Page 4 of 4

Page 9: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

The Conditions of the Contract, consisting of the General Conditions and the Supplementary General Conditions, shall govern the construction of the entire Project. In the event of conflict between the provisions of the General Conditions and the Supplementary General Conditions, the provisions of the Supplementary General Conditions shall control.

GENERAL CONDITIONS

The standard form promulgated by the American Institute of Architects, AIA Document No. A-201, 2007 Edition, entitled "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", (hereafter sometimes referred to as "AIA Document No. A-201 "), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, as modified and amended by the Owner, shall constitute the General Conditions of the Contract. Copies of the modified document are available upon request.

SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS

ARTICLE 1. CONSTRUING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

In the event of ambiguity or conflict in the Contract Documents; Supplementary General conditions take precedence over General Conditions; Specifications take precedence over Drawings; figures take precedence over scale dimensions; and descriptive notes take precedence over general notes or code indications; unless the contrary intention is apparent.

Except as provided above, changes in Contract Documents made with the consent of all parties in ink control those printed or typed and typewritten provisions control over printed, multi­lithed, or photocopied provisions.

In the event errors, conflicts, omissions or discrepancies are noted in the Contract Documents or in the work done by others affecting his work, Contractor shall notify Architect at once and Architect will issue instructions to correct such errors, conflicts or discrepancies. This includes typographical errors in the Specifications and notational errors on the Drawings, where doubtful of interpretations. If, after such errors, conflicts, omissions or discrepancies have been noted, Contractor proceeds with the work so affected without instructions from the Architect, he shall make good any resulting damage or defect.

ARTICLE 2. DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS:

There are certain intricacies of construction which are impracticable to specify in detail or to fully cover on the drawings, but all such details are to be worked out along the lines of good practice, and in compliance with the ordinances covering such work.

Contractor, upon completion of the Project, shall furnish Architect with record drawings showing actual location in line and elevation of all new exterior utility lines within the limits of the site and of any relocation from that shown on the Drawings of concealed piping, wiring, cable or conduit within the lines of the Building.

ARTICLE 3. OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK:

In addition to the right of the Owner specified in Subparagraph 2.3.1 of the General Conditions, Owner shall be entitled to stop the work for any reason specified in Subparagraph 14.2.1 of the General Conditions.

General Conditions - Page 1 of 8

Page 10: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

ARTICLE 4. TEXAS SALES TAX:

All proposals shall be computed exclusive of Texas Sales. The Owner will provide tax exemption documentation and Contractor shall coordinate all work related thereto.

ARTICLE 5. LAYING OUT BUILDING:

Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent surveyor to establish a permanent bench mark to which easy access may be had during the progress of the Work, determine all lines and elevations, and verify same from time to time during the progress of the Work.

ARTICLE 6. COOPERATION WITH OWNER & CITY BUILDING OFFICIALS:

When required, Contractor shall notify the proper official of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas in advance of all stopping and starting of construction. Contractor shall cooperate with the City officials at all times. If any authorized City official, or authorized representative of Owner, should deem an inspection necessary, Contractor shall provide the proper facilities to insure that such official, or representative, can conveniently examine and inspect the Work. The Contractor shall document all City inspections by recording the date and time of the inspection and the name of the inspector.

ARTICLE 7. MATERIALS:

Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all materials shall be new, in strict compliance with the Specifications and the best of their respective kinds.

Before ordering any materials or doing any work, Contractor shall verify all measurements at the site and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of any difference between actual dimensions and the measurements indicated on the Drawings. Any differences which may be found shall be submitted to Architect for his consideration and instructions before proceeding with the work.

Materials shall be furnished at such times and in such quantities as to insure the uninterrupted progress of the work according to schedule. Materials stored shall be properly protected from weather and damage.

Upon receipt of notice from Architect that any material placed in the Project or on the site is not of the quality specified or has been improperly placed, Contractor shall remove same from the site or have same replaced, as the case may be, within seventy-two (72) hours after receipt of such notice.

ARTICLE 8. INSPECTION & TESTING of MATERIALS:

All testing of materials and equipment used in the construction of the Project shall be conducted at the discretion of Owner and at Owner's expense, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. Any re-testing of material or equipment that fails to meet the requirements of the specifications will be at Contractor's expense.

ARTICLE 9. HANDLING MATERIALS:

Contractor shall be responsible for the proper care and protection of all materials, tools and equipment delivered to the site for his use.

Contractor shall protect and be responsible for any damage to his work or materials, from the date of the Contract until the final payment is made, and shall make good without cost to Owner, any damage or loss that may occur during this period.

General Conditions - Page 2 of 8

Page 11: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

Cement, lime, gypsum and other materials affected by the weather shall be covered and protected to keep them free from damage at all times.

Contractor shall store all materials as directed, in a manner that will allow the Architect or Owner's representative to inspect them. Should any material be found defective or in any way not in accordance with the Contract, such material, without regard to the stage of completion, may be rejected by Architect and, if so rejected, shall be removed at once from the premises by Contractor installing same.

ARTICLE 10. SUBSTITUTED MATERIALS, PRODUCTS METHODS or SERVICES:

In certain instances specific materials, products, methods and services have been specified by brand or trade name partly for the purpose of establishing the effect or standard of quality desired. Upon the prior written approval of Architect, substitutions for such specifically named materials, products, methods or services desired to be substituted may be made only if it is proven to the Architect's satisfaction that the proposed substitution provides the effect or standard of quality desired by the Architect. The decision of the Architect is absolute and final.

ARTICLE 11. SALVAGED MATERIALS:

Used materials belonging to Owner or obtained from demolition or excavation operations at the site of the Project and reconditioned for incorporation into the Project area is hereafter termed "salvaged materials". Similar materials, owned by parties other than Owner and purchased, or to be purchased, for incorporation into the Project, are termed "second hand material".

Salvaged materials may be incorporated into the Project only if specifically set forth in the Contract Documents or, if subsequently directed by the Architect.

ARTICLE 12. TEMPORARY FACILITIES:

Contractor shall make temporary connections for all utilities necessary during construction and shall remove them after completion of the Project.

Contractor shall provide at a location on the project site approved by the Owner, a suitable weather-tight field office with raised floors available for use. Contractor shall furnish such field office with electric lights, telephone and ample desk space. Contractor shall have such office kept clean at all times.

Costs for utility consumption for direct construction on-site power and water usage will be paid by the Owner. The cost of all temporary utility connections (including temporary power to the job shack) and removal of same shall be paid by the Contractor and included in his bid. Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional temporary lighting, heating/ventilation or other measures as may be required to accomplish the work. Contractor shall exercise reasonable energy conservation throughout the course of the Project.

Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary sanitary facilities for workmen at the job in accordance with laws of Texas and the code and ordinances of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. Contractor shall completely remove such facilities when the Project is completed.

ARTICLE 13. PAYMENT SCHEDULE:

On or before the fifteenth (15th) of each month, Owner will pay to Contractor the sum equal to 90% of the cost to Owner of labor performed, materials suitably stored on the site and materials built into the project during the preceding calendar month based on estimates timely certified by the Contractor and approved by the Architect. In no event, however, shall Owner pay to Contractor partial payments totaling more than 95% of the contract price until the final completion and

General Conditions - Page 3 of 8

Page 12: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

acceptance of the Project. Upon completion and acceptance of the Project, Architect shall issue a "certificate of completion". Within thirty (30) days thereafter, Owner shall pay to Contractor the balance due on the contract price calculated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 14. PAYMENTS WITHHELD & APPLIED BY OWNER:

Contractor shall pay promptly when due all lawful demands of sub-contractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialman, and persons who furnish machinery or parts thereof, equipment, power tools, or any other supplies whatsoever for debts incurred in the furtherance of the performance. Upon request by Owner or Architect, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all such obligations have been paid, discharged or waived. In the event Contractor fails to do so, Owner may, at its election, after having served written notice on Contractor, either pay unpaid bills of which Owner has written notice or withhold from Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims. When satisfactory evidence has been presented tot he Owner that such claims have been satisfactorily discharged, Owner shall resume payment in accordance with the terms of the Contract. In no event shall the provisions of this paragraph be construed to impose any obligation upon the Owner to either Contractor or his Surety. In paying any unpaid bills under the Contract, Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor, and any payment so made by Owner, shall be considered as a payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor and Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.

ARTICLE 15. INSURANCE:

A. Contractor's Liability Insurance

Contractor shall purchase and maintain the liability insurance required by Paragraph 11.1 of the General Conditions with minimum limits as follows:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

General Aggregate Limit Applies to all bodily injury and property damage (other than products/completed operations) personal injury and advertising injury.

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Applies to all bodily injury and property damage included in products/completed operations.

Personal & Advertising Injury Applies to all claims by one person or organization.

Each Occurrence Limit Applies to all bodily injury and property damage incurred in one occurrence.

Umbrella (excess liability policy) or additional limits on all risks.

General Conditions - Page 4 of 8

$1,000,000

$1,000,000

$1,000,000

$1,000,000

$2,000,000

Page 13: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

All insurance must be written by insurance companies which are rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide -- Property & Casualty with a policy holder's rating of A, and a financial size category of Class VII. A Designated Project or Premises Endorsement (CG 25 01 11 85) which applies the general aggregate to the project must be provided. The Owner is to be named as additional insured in the policy and a waiver of subrogation shall be provided to the Owner. No policy shall contain any exclusion for explosion, collapse, or underground coverage.

B. Builder's Risk Insurance

Builder's Risk Insurance is required for this project. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the overall contract amount and responsibility for maintaining same throughout the duration of the project shall lie solely with the Contractor.

C. Workers' Compensation Insurance Certificate

1. Definitions:

Certificate of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory worker's compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.

Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the Owner.

Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" in 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.

2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project.

3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract.

4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the Owner showing that coverage has been extended.

General Conditions - Page 5 of 8

Page 14: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the Project, and provide to the Owner:

(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the Owner will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and

(2) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project.

6. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter.

7. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project.

8. The Contractor shall post on the Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.

9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the Project, to:

(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project;

(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project.

(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:

(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and

(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project;

General Conditions - Page 6 of 8

Page 15: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter;

(f) notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and

(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs a-f, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services.

10. By signing the Construction Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the Owner that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of the self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.

11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the Owner to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the Owner.

ARTICLE 16. PERMITS:

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the costs of all required building permits and inspections.

ARTICLE 17. DAMAGES:

If the Project is not substantially completed in accord with the Contract Documents on or before April 1, 2018, then the Owner shall be entitled to recover from Contractor, at Owner's sole election: (a) all loss or damage incurred or sustained by Owner of every kind and nature whatsoever; or (b) liquidated damages in the amount of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per day for each calendar day thereafter until the project is completed.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

ARTICLE 1. USE and/or OCCUPANCY by OWNER PRIOR to ACCEPTANCE:

On site construction activities cannot begin until there is an executed construction contract, proper certificate of insurance provided to the Owner and the required bonds are in effect.

ARTICLE 2. ROYALTIES & PATENTS:

The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from losses on account thereof.

General Conditions - Page 7 of 8

Page 16: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

ARTICLE 3. ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD:

The Architects have, to the best of their knowledge, included no new materials or components that contain asbestos or other environmental hazards. The Contractor and, in turn, his Sub-contractors and suppliers, shall be responsible for verifying same prior to all material orders and shall, if any hazard is determined to be present, identify same to Architect prior to ordering.

ARTICLE 4. CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

The Contractor shall include within his Base Bid Proposal amount the costs related to compliance with all applicable City, State and federal guidelines regarding construction soil erosion and storm water pollution control measures.

General Conditions - Page 8 of 8

Page 17: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

PROPOSAL

SISTERS OF THE INCARNATE WORD AND BLESSED SACRAMENT C/0 FERRELL/BROWN & ASSOCIATES, INC. 700 EVERHART TERRACE, SUITE C-AA CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS

Gentlemen:

This Proposal is submitted by ___________________ _

----------------------• whose address is ____ _

____________________________ (hereafter called

"Bidder"), for the construction of

A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL FOR INCARNATE WORD ACADEMY

(hereafter called "Project").

BASE BID PROPOSAL: Bidder agrees to furnish for the total sum of ______ _

_______________________________ Dollars

($ ), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings, stated in the Specifications, or properly inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of such project prepared by FERRELL/BROWN & ASSOCIATES, INC., (hereafter called the "Architect").

In addition to the Base Bid Proposal amount identified above, the Bidder proposes that he will Substantially Complete on or before April 1, 2018 consecutive calendar days from a written Notice to Proceed.

Alternate Bid No. 1 (Additive) Entrance Tower If accepted by the Owner, Bidder agrees to construct the entry tower at the front of the existing school in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bidder hereby adds the total sum of __ _ -----------Dollars to the Base Bid Proposal.

Alternate Bid No. 2 ((additive ) Walkway Canopies and Lighting If accepted by the Owner, Bidder agrees to construct the walkway canopies and associated lighting in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bidder hereby adds the total sum of ___ _ _________ Dollars to the Base Bid Proposal.

Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all alternate bids and in any order.

Bidder has attached an organizational chart indicating the names of primary participants, including Project Manager and Superintendent. YES D NO D

Bidder represents that, prior to preparing this Proposal, he has carefully read the Contract Documents, examined the site of the Project, and had made an investigation such that he is fully informed of the conditions, facilities, difficulties, restrictions and requirements which he will, or may encounter in the completion of the Project in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents.

Proposal - Page 1 of 2

Page 18: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

Accompanying this Proposal is a certified or cashier's check or bid bond payable to the order of the Diocese of Corpus Christi, Corpus Christi, Texas (hereafter called "Owner"), for not less than five percent (5%) of the largest amount for which a contract can be awarded under this proposal.

Bidder agrees that if he is awarded the contract he will execute and deliver to Owner, within ten (10) days after he is notified of the acceptance of his bid, a Contract for the construction of such Project, plus (if required) Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in the form acceptable to the Owner.

Should bidder fail to execute such contractor furnish such Bonds within the prescribed time, Bidder agrees that the accompanying bid security shall become the property of the Owner as liquidated Damages for the additional delay and the expense which will be incurred by Owner as a result thereof.

Bidder agrees that if his Proposal is accepted by the Owner, he will substantially complete all new work called for in the Contract Documents on or before the date stipulated in this Proposal, and if the work is not completed by such time, he agrees to pay to Owner liquidated damages of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each calendar day after such time that the work remains incomplete.

Bidder acknowledges receipt of Addenda Nos. __ through __ .

Executed on------------' 2017.

(If Bidder is a Corporation (complete the following:)

ATTEST:

(Corporate Seal)

Bidder _________________ _

Signed By _______________ _ Sole Owner, or (Delete Titles) Partner, or (inapplicable ) President of (to signer )

Whose Address is:

Proposal - Page 2 of 2

Page 19: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

SECTION INCLUDES

A. Type of Work. B. Construction Timing. C. Contractor use of site and premises. D. Property usage.

SECTION 01010

SUMMARY OF WORK

1.2 TYPE OF WORK

A. Work in this Contract comprises basically of the construction of a 14,350 square foot (enclosed) one-story school and associated systems located on the Incarnate Word Academy campus located at 2920 S. Alameda in Corpus Christi, Texas. Exterior breezeways an additional (3,194 s.f.).

B. The building addition shall utilize a load-bearing masonry structural system with structural steel/bar joist superstructure. The building shall have masonry exterior walls consisting of brick veneer and an insulated 8" c.m.u. back up. The roof shall be a single ply system installed over insulation and metal deck. The foundation will be a suspended concrete slab foundation on carton forms set on underream piers.

C. Contractor shall provide all material, equipment, tools, supervision, labor and all other items necessary to do this project.

D. Contractor will be required to coordinate his work with both the City of Corpus Christi, Texas and the Incarnate Word Academy in all respects.

1.3 CONTRACT METHOD

A. This project, to be accomplished by using the services of a General Contractor selected by Competitive sealed proposals. There may be separate concurrent contracts for Owner furnished equipment, such as SmartBoards, computers, telecommunication wiring, landscaping and furniture.

1.4 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES

A. Contractor shall have free access to the designated project work site and premises during normal working hours.

B. Both the adjacent site and buildings shall be available to the public throughout the project period.

C. Schedule construction as much as possible to minimize interference with adjacent operations.

1.5 OWNER OCCUPANCY

A. The Owner will occupy all existing main campus buildings and premises during the entire construction period, including drives, parking lots and play fields adjacent to these school buildings.

B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate the operation of both schools. The Contractor shall construct all required temporary fencing and other appropriate physical barriers to help separate the project work area from the students and public.

C. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement.

01010 - Page 1 of 2

Page 20: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

D. As both schools will be in operation during the proposed construction period, the Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his workmen. Workmen shall conduct themselves in an appropriate manner and within the guidelines and requirements set forth by the Owner.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION TIMING

A. Except for summers and school holidays, all schools will remain in daily use. The schools will work with the Contractor to accommodate his needs. However, such efforts shall be necessarily limited by the normal activities at each school and this Contractor shall be expected to coordinate his efforts in all respects and to modify his scope and schedule as necessary to accommodate the educational program at each school and to protect the health, safety and welfare of all present on the campus.

B. Construction is to be completed by April 1, 2018. Days may be added to this schedule due to inclement weather or other delays beyond the Contractor's control, in accordance with A.I.A. A201, as modified. This completion schedule will allow for the summer to be utilized for Owner move-in. It is the Owner's intent to occupy the facility for school beginning August of 2018.

C. In general, removal of existing structures will occur prior to the initiation of construction. Cost of removal will be borne by the Owner. Contractor will be expected to perform any remaining work necessary to properly prepare the site. See Drawings.

D. Contractor shall request extension of time on a monthly basis (with Payment Applications).

1.7 CAMPUS POLICIES

A. Smoking and the use of tobacco products anywhere on the campus is prohibited. B. The responsibilities and requirements for background checks and other reviews and

certifications of criminal activity for personnel in direct and continuous contact with students shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

1.8 BUILDING PERMIT AND REVIEW

A. A building permit from the City of Corpus Christi is required for this project and shall be included in the cost of the project by the contractor.

B. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits for and shall pay costs for same. C. The Contractor shall obtain and pay all legally required submittals, registrations and

inspections.

1.9 ALLOWANCE

2.0

3.0

A. Refer Section 10500 for specific allowances to be included in the contract sum. B. Refer Section 1 0500 for a secured allowance to provide for project betterment.

PRODUCTS Not Applicable

EXECUTION Not Applicable

01010 - Page 2 of 2

Page 21: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED REQUIREMENTS:

A. Related Work of Other Sections:

SECTION 01030

ALTERNATES

1. Divisions 2 - 16: Sections affected by each Alternate.

1.2 PROCEDURES:

A. Provide to the Owner alternate bid prices which shall state the amounts to be added to or deducted from the Base Bid in the event that alternates described herein are accepted by the Owner. Alternate bids to include all variations in profit, overhead, bonds, insurance, and all other related costs.

B. Alternate bids to include required work of every related trade whenever work of several trades is necessary and/or required for complete execution of an alternate item of Work, even though the basic description of the alternate item of Work does not specifically enumerate all trades that may be involved.

C. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work as required to complete the Work identified in each Alternate, when acceptance is designated in the Contract.

D. If the Owner chooses to accept one or more Alternates, Contractor shall coordinate the work, including changes under each Alternate at no additional cost other than that indicated on the Proposal form for each Alternate.

E. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject Alternate Bid proposals.

1.2 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES:

A. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 1: ENTRANCE TOWER #2 If Additive Alternative No. 1 is accepted by Owner, the Contractor shall include, in the project construction, a new entrance tower at the existing standard Elementary School Building east entrance as drawn and noted (refer to Exterior Elevation 4 & 5/A2.1, Plans and Building Sections on Sheets A5. 7 and A5.8, and associated structural lighting, and sitework {demo., sidewalks, handicap curb ramp and parking, etc.) per Structural, Electrical and Civil. Note: If the Alternate is not accepted, no work will be required at this location.

B. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE NO. 2: WALKWAY CANOPIES AND CANOPY LIGHTING If Additive Alternate No. 2 is accepted by the Owner, the Contractor shall construct and install windstorm compliant new radiused metal roofed walkway canopies with canopy lighting. Alternate canopy construction to including cont. pre-engineered 24 ga. rolled metal canopy roof, H.D. galv. steel tube column and beam canopy structure, reinforced concrete footings and associated canopy lighting as detailed and noted on Sections and Details 1 thru 5b/A5.9. Refer to elect. for alternate canopy lighting specifics. Note: All other sitework (sidewalks, curbs, grading, decorative aluminum fencing and gates, etc.) are part of the base bid and not part of the Alternate. Note: if this Alternate is not accepted the Contractor shall provide and install communications conduit(s) and wiring underground between buildings as part of Base Bid (in lieu of in alterante walkway canopy structure - Refer to Electrical).

01030 - Page 1 of 2

Page 22: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

3.0

PRODUCTS Not Applicable

EXECUTION

Not Applicable

01030- Page 2 of2

Page 23: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

SECTION INCLUDES

SECTION 01500

CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, lighting, heat, ventilation, telephone service, water and sanitary facilities.

B. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, protection of the Work, and water control. C. Construction Facilities: Parking, progress cleaning, and temporary buildings.

1.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY

A. Make connections as needed for temporary electrical service, which is to be provided and installed as installed as a part of this project scope.

B. Owner will pay the actual cost of all energy used directly for this project. Contractor shall pay for all required tap fees, permits, conveying system installations, temporary power connections and removal of temporary utility equipment. Exercise measures to conserve energy.

C. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes. Provide flexible power cords as required. Provide lighting as required. All temporary power devices must be OSHA approved.

1.3 TELEPHONE SERVICE

A. Contractor shall provide temporary telephone service and shall pay for all telephone service charges incurred by the contractor for this project.

B. The use of cellular telephones and/or pay telephones is acceptable.

1.4 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE

A. Provide temporary water service as required for this project. The contractor may connect to Owner's existing water sources for construction operations, where existing service is available. Refer to site plans and site utility plans for new water and sewer service to be provided to part of the site.

B. Owner will pay for the actual cost of water used for this project. Contractor shall pay for any required tap fees, permits, conveying system installations and removals. Exercise measures to conserve water.

C. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. Provide temporary pipe insulation to prevent freezing.

1.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Provide and maintain required temporary sanitary facilities and enclosures. Existing adjacent school facilities shall not be used by the construction workers during the construction phase of the project.

B. Provide scheduled service to temporary sanitary facilities to avoid overuse of facilities.

01500 - Page 1 of 2

Page 24: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.6 BARRIERS AND CONSTRUCTION FENCES

A. Provide appropriate barriers and fencing to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and as required to protect adjacent areas from damage from construction operations. Construct temporary construction fences to separate the existing campus operations from the new project site operations.

B. Provide protection for plant life designated to remain. Replace damaged plant life. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from

damage.

1. 7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK

A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.

B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage.

C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings whenever appropriate.

D. Protect finished floors and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.

1.8 PARKING

A. Park in designated areas only. Coordinate with Owner.

1.9 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.

C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.

D. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off­site.

1.10 FIELD OFFICES & SHEDS

A. Office: Weather-tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling and ventilating equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture and drawing display table.

B. Locate where approved by Owner and on Owner's property.

1.10 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES & CONTROLS

2.0

3.0

A. Remove temporary above-grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to final inspection.

B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. C. Remove existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore

permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

PRODUCTS Not Applicable

EXECUTION Not Applicable

01500 - Page 2 of 2

Page 25: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

SUMMARY:

SECTION 01730

OPERATING & MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Com pile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1 . Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as

referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of

equipment systems.

1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS:

A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Format:

1. Size: 81/2" x 11". 2. Paper: 20 pound, minimum, white, for typed pages. 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 4. Drawings:

a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. b. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages.

5. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. a. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of

equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs.

6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA". List: a. Title of Project. b. Name of Contractor.

C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic

covers. 2. Maximum ring size: 3 inches. 3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into

related consistent groupings. Mark binders in sequence.

1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL:

A. Table of Contents: 1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume. Base table of contents

of Operating and Maintenance Data on table of contents of these specifications.

B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to:

a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete references to inapplicable information.

01730 - Page 1 of 2

Page 26: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

3.0

3.1

3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor, including name of responsible principal, address and

telephone number. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.

C. Drawings: 1 . Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:

a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams.

2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation.

3. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation.

1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.

2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. E. Mechanical & Electrical Systems:

1. The booklet shall contain a complete description of each system in the building as hereinafter outlined. a. Description of Electrical System. b. Manufacturer's catalog data and parts list on each piece of service

entrance equipment and each electrical sub-panel in the building. c. Manufacturer's catalog data, cuts and parts lists of all lighting fixtures

and show in which rooms they were installed. d. Manufacturer's catalog data, cuts, parts list and wiring diagrams on

each piece offire alarm system, sound system, program system, clock and bell system and all other systems. Data shall include 2 sets of drawings of circuitry by installer.

e. Provide four sets of drawings to include riser diagrams, panel schedules with directory of circuits and any revisions from Contract Drawings.

F. Description of Plumbing System (If indicated on drawings): 1. Manufacturer's catalog data and parts list on each piece of plumbing

equipment furnished. 2. Maintenance and lubrication instructions must be on letterhead of the

manufacturer of the equipment. G. Description of Heating & Air Conditioning System:

1. Complete manufacturer's catalog data and parts list and wiring diagrams on each piece of heating and air conditioning equipment furnished.

2. Manufacturer's catalog data, cuts, part list and diagrams on each type of temperature control. Data shall include 2 sets of temperature control diagrams.

3. Maintenance and lubrication instructions on each piece of equipment furnished; instructions must be on the letterhead of the manufacturer of the equipment.

P R O D U C TS (N/Al

EXECUTION

SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE:

A. General: 1. Prepare 2 copies of the Operating & Maintenance Data Booklet and deliver 2

copies of the booklet to the Architect.

01730 - Page 2 of 2

Page 27: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

SCOPE:

SECTION 02050

DEMOLITION

A. The Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of structures to be demolished. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained insofar practicable.

B. Minimize interference with adjacent facilities or areas of usage. Do not obstruct existing ways of traffic circulation, vehicular or pedestrian except in strict accordance with requirements of Owner.

C. Provide and maintain temporary fences, coverings, barriers and/or safety devices as required to protect any persons or property from damage.

D. Maintain egress, access and exits at all times, unless obstruction is approved forty­eight (48) hours in advance by the Owner.

E. Protect existing structures and surfaces scheduled to remain. Promptly repair damaged structures and surfaces. Costs for repair to be borne by the Contractor.

F. Verify location and routing of existing utilities including fiber optics for the campus technology platform. Coordinate removal/termination of same with the appropriate utility provider and verify requirements for same. Contractor to bear all costs related thereto.

G. Verify authorities having jurisdiction over demolition procedures and submit and obtain all necessary perm its. Contractor to bear all costs related thereto.

H. Verify location of all easements and right of ways.

1.2 POLLUTION CONTROL:

2.0

2.1

A. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures or other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt to a condition of "lowest possible emissions." Clean adjacent structures and improvements and return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work.

B. Conform to applicable requirements of the Texas Air Control Board, TEA's Department of Health, E.P.A., O.S.H.A., and any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over this work. Provide monitoring and other evidence of compliance as required to statute or safe-work practice, at no additional cost to the Owner.

PRODUCTS

MATERIAL DISPOSITION:

A. Unless indicated otherwise, all demolished material is to be removed from the site and properly disposed of. Items of salvageable value to the contractor but not indicated for reuse or turning over to the Owner, shall be removed as the work progresses in a timely manner. Storage ( or sale) of these items on site will not be permitted.

B. Reused items: certain items may be indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifications to be salvaged and/or reused. Where items are so identified, Contractor shall store and protect said items for duration of the project.

02050 - Page 1 of 3

Page 28: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

EXECUTION

PREPARATION:

A. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures during the demolition work. Provide all necessary shoring and bracing during demolition as required for duration of project.

B. Protect existing landscaping materials, areas, surfaces, and structures adjacent to areas that are to be demolished as required. Verify impact of termination and removal with other campus facilities.

C. Disconnect, remove and/or terminate all existing utilities when so required. Verify and conform to all utility providers requirements. If disruption of utilities occurs, schedule same with Owner allowing for min. 8 hours advance notice.

D. Identify any material or conditions which may create a hazardous condition. E. Where existing conditions so required to accomplish new work, remove existing

finishes, structural systems and/or other building components. Make modifications as indicated on the Drawings, as directed or as otherwise required. Where appropriate, reinstall.

F. Where demolition creates or exacerbates the potential for problems related to flooding or standing water, verify conditions related to drainage, including roofing. Affected roofing and roof drainage systems shall be studied for direction, quantity and speed of flow.

3.2 EXECUTION:

A. Perform all demolition required to effect the requirements of this project in an orderly and careful manner. Remove all items scheduled to reuse or to be turned over to the Owner in such a manner as to minimize damage.

B. No explosive permitted. C. If any material or condition is encountered during the course of these operations that

may, through demolition, create a hazardous condition, cease operations and notify the Architect immediately. This includes (but is not limited to) asbestos containing material.

D. Cease operations and notify Architect immediately if adjacent structures appear to be endangered by demolition activities. Do not resume operations until appropriate corrective measures have been taken. Repair damage to adjacent structures caused by demolition operations.

E. Remove demolished materials not scheduled for reuse or turning over to Owner from the site in a timely fashion. Clean demolished areas at end of each day's work.

F. Store and protect items scheduled for reuse. G. Demolished materials shall not be sold on site or to anyone. H. Do not burn or bury demolished materials on site. I. Backfill open pits and holes caused as a result of demolition. J. Neatly cut all concrete where required. Cut off all exposed reinforcing even with face

of concrete to remain. K. Replace or restore to Architect's satisfaction existing structures, finishes or items

damaged by demolition operations L. At removed structures, whether by Owner or by this Contractor, backfill voids to level

of adjacent earth. Backfill shall be common fill, matching existing soil in type and character, free from debris. Backfilling shall occur in 8" lifts, compacted to 90% Proctor below 2' below grade; 95% between 2' and grade level.

M. Clear trees, brush, grass and strip at least a 6" layer of topsoil (stockpile for reuse) from the areas indicated. Remove stumps completely and leave no roots protruding greater than 3" in diameter. Protect trees where indicated to remain, including root system.

02050 - Page 2 of 3

Page 29: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

N. Haul refuse, debris and material unacceptable for reuse from the site and legally dispose of.

0. In some cases, portions of buildings will remain against others that are demolished for the project construction period. In all cases, provide weathertight closure walls and end elements that will allow for the safe reasonable use of existing spaces for the construction period. Provide lighting, power, security and other provisions as may be required.

P. Where demolition creates a potential for flooding or adverse ground water conditions, construct temporary swales, drainage paths or barriers or other temporary structures. Monitor as long as necessary.

Q, Where demolition creates a potential for roof drainage patterns that may over load a structure or route water into an existing structure or create an otherwise adverse condition, perform such roofing modifications as may be necessary to prevent same or to satisfactorily address the conditions as long as is necessary.

02050 - Page 3 of 3

Page 30: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 31: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

SECTION 02200

EARTHWORK

A. Excavation and backfill required by any trade or subcontractor shall be performed by the affected parties in the manner described hereafter.

1 .2 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. The contractor shall examine the site prior to bidding and shall be held to have knowledge of existing grades, topography, obstructions, and other visible site related conditions.

B. Maintain all benchmarks and other necessary reference points throughout construction. Replace if disturbed or destroyed.

C. Keep all excavations free from water at all times furnishing such pumps, equipment and power as may be required. Maintain surface drainage during construction.

D. Existing Utilities: Locate by hand excavation and protect from damage. Stake and identify locations and maintain same. Coordinate with Owner and utility companies to maintain services. Do not disrupt service without providing temporary means of service acceptable to the Owner. Repair any damages to utilities as promptly as possible, at no expense to the Owner.

E. Protection: Protect structures, sidewalks, pavement, and other facilities on the site. Stake and identify locations of active utilities to remain and protect same. Barricade open excavations and provide means of warning as required. Provide necessary bracing and shoring at excavations to maintain the integrity of the excavation prior to backfilling. Comply with all governing safety regulations.

F. Use of explosives will not be permitted. Burning of removed materials will not be permitted.

G. Perform all work with experienced personnel and appropriate equipment to insure first class workmanship in a timely fashion.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Handle and neatly stockpile materials both new and excavated (suitable for reuse) with a minimum of interference with traffic, existing site facilities, and other trades as approved by the Architect.

B. Stockpile different soil types separately. C. Prevent dirt and dust from blowing or otherwise becoming a nuisance to the

occupants of adjacent facilities, to the public or to the procedure of this work.

1.4 TESTING:

A. A recognized Independent Testing Laboratory may be selected by the Owner to perform field and lab testing services. These services may include proctors, in-place densities, Atterberg limits, and any other testing procedures deemed appropriate by the Owner. These services will be identified to the Contractor for his use in coordinating with the Testing Laboratory. The scope of testing services may be adjusted at the Owner's discretion prior to or at any point during the project. The expense of these tests ( except for retesting) will be borne by the Owner.

02200 - Page 1 of 4

Page 32: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

B. The Contractor will be responsible for notifying the Testing Laboratory at appropriate points of progress so that the identified scope of testing can be effected. Such notification to be made in a timely fashion. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Testing Laboratory so that the functions of the laboratory may be properly performed.

C. Should test results indicate that materials or placement do not conform to the requirements of these specifications, non-conforming work in-place shall be removed, replaced or reworked or any combination thereof until such work, after re-testing, conforms to these requirements. All expenses of re-testing to be borne by the Contractor. Scope of re-testing to be as determined by Architect.

D. The testing of materials described herein in no way relieves the Contractor of his obligation to provide materials and construction in full compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.5 GUARANTEE:

2.0

2.1

A. Contractor shall for a period of one ( 1) year from acceptance correct any area exhibiting settlement, ponding or otherwise improper conditions, at no expense to the Owner.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Provide all fill materials for the project site to obtain grades and conditions indicated on the drawings.

B. Natural excavated fill may be reused as common fill if so approved by the Architect. All select fill to be new material. Stripped topsoil may be reused. Architect's decisions regarding material reuse to be final and absolute.

C. Provide additional fill materials from Contractor's source as needed at no additional expense to the Owner.

D. All fill materials shall be clean and free from deleterious matter. E. Select fill: Provide select fill under all concrete work directly on grade, thickness as

indicated on the drawings. Select fill shall be natural uniform mixture of light tan sand and clay (minimum P.1. of 7 and a maximum P.1. of 15). Common caliche or crushed limestone meeting the P.I. requirement may also be utilized under concrete slabs on grade. Material to be free from debris and organic material. Select fill under sidewalks, curbs and gutters, and other site related structures to be 2" thickness minimum, unless noted otherwise on the drawings.

F. Common fill: Provide common fill at all locations requiring fill material, except at areas under concrete work on grade and under concrete or asphalt paving flexible base. Common fill to be natural excavated soil or a mixture of soil and clay. All common fill to be free from debris, organic matter and lumps or clods in excess of 2" in any dimension. Provide common fill to elevations necessary to bring the covering topsoil material to required finish elevations.

G. Topsoil: Provide a minimum 4" thick layer of topsoil over all areas to receive turf or planting, where shown on the plans for topsoil (minimum of 20 feet out from the edge of the footprint of the new building in all directions). Topsoil to be fertile agricultural topsoil capable of sustaining healthy plant growth and shall be free of rocks, clods, debris and similar inappropriate material.

02200 - Page 2 of 4

Page 33: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

3.2

EXECUTION

DEMOLITION: A. Perform all demolition required for this work, including (but not limited to)

disconnection, capping and removal of utility lines and subsurface structures indicated on the Drawings, removal of all trees, stumps, shrubs, turf and other vegetation (unless indicated to remain) and removal of all structures, improvements and obstructions that interfere with new construction.

EXCAVATIONS:

A. Perform all excavations for the completion of the entire project. Remove and dispose of material required to obtain sub-grade elevations, including existing paving and visible obstructions; also underground structures and utilities indicated to be removed.

B. Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated, plus sufficient space for forms, erections, shoring and removal. Keep excavations clean and free of loose materials. Keep excavations free of water. Remove water and reshape excavations prior to placing concrete. Provide and maintain all pumps, piping and equipment required to properly de-water excavation. All excavations to be inspected and approved by the Architect prior to pouring concrete, backfilling, or otherwise covering.

C. Contractor to bear cost of extra work and materials caused by excavations beyond dimensions and grades required.

3.3 TRENCHING:

A. Provide excavation for trenches required by piping, conduits and work of all trades including mechanical and electrical work. Trenches to be depths and dimensions required for finished installation. No trench shall exceed 5' in depth.

B. All trenches shall meet or exceed the latest requirements of O.S.H.A. C. Shape trenches as required to prevent sides from caving by back sloping vertical

sides. Contractor shall be solely responsible for back slope used. Provide bracing and/or shoring as required to protect existing structures as well as workers. Remove same in a timely fashion as backfill occurs.

D. Deposit backfill in 8" lifts to a height of 1 '-0" above top of piping. Mechanically compact. Prevent displacement of piping and protect joints.

E. Deposit remainder of backfill in 8" lifts. Compact each lift by wetting and taping. Fill to within 4" of finish grade and compact.

3.4 CLEARING & GRUBBING:

A. Clear trees, brush, grass and strip at least a 6" layer of topsoil from the area within the building line, including steps, porches and slabs as shown on the Drawings. Remove stumps completely and leave no roots protruding greater than 3" in diameter. Protect trees where indicated to remain, including root system.

B. Haul refuse, debris and material unacceptable for reuse from the site or dispose of as directed by the Architect.

3.5 COMPACTION:

A. Compact soil materials to not less than the percentages of maximum densities specified below or as indicated on the Drawings, whichever is greater. Compact at optimum moisture content for each layer of soil material.

B. Machine compact select fill under concrete directly on grade to 95% Standard Proctor Density. At areas with carton forms, the fill shall be loosely installed and not compacted.

C. Machine compact select fill under concrete paving, curbs and gutters to 95% Standard Proctor Density.

02200 - Page 3 of 4

Page 34: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

D. Machine compact backfill at trenches to 90% Standard Proctor Density. E. At lawns and unpaved areas, compact all fill and backfill to same density as existing

undisturbed soil. Compaction to be as approved by the Architect. F. Provide rollers, vibrating tampers and any other compaction equipment required to

obtain specified densities.

3.6 FILLING, BACKFILLING, AND GRADING:

A. Perform excavations to obtain grades indicated on the drawings with allowance for the topsoil and base materials specified. Uniformly grade between points as shown.

B. Provide select fill under all concrete work on grade. Deposit in 4" lifts and compact each lift.

C. Provide sub-grades as required to provide a minimum of 4" of compacted topsoil. D. Fine grade as required to achieve required finish grades. E. Rake and work surface to dissolve lumpy soil and clods. F. Deposit topsoil and spread to uniform layer as specified above. Soak away voids. G. All grades to have uniform slope between points shown. Feather finish grades to

existing grades. H. Low areas in new paving, sidewalks, planted areas, etc., which will puddle, hold

water, or drain poorly, will not be accepted. Such conditions shall be corrected by the Contractor, at no additional expense to the owner.

02200 - Page 4 of 4

Page 35: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

SECTION 02281

SOIL PRE-TREATMENT

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK:

A. Earthwork: Section 02200 B. Cast-in-Place Concrete: Section 03300

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. All subterranean termite pre-construction treatment shall be done by a commercial Pest Control Applicator, trained and licensed by the State of Texas to provide soil termite pre-treatment.

B. Application rates and methods shall be as approved by E.P.A., F.H.A., and by the State of Texas, Section 599.3 "Subterranean Termite Pre-Construction Treatments", of the State of Texas Structural Pest Control Board Law and Regulations.

C. Conform to T.S.P.C.B. requirements for "full" treatment.

1.3 TESTING:

A. One sample of the working solution may be taken and analyzed by an independent laboratory, if so requested by the Owner. Costs to be borne by the Owner.

1.4 GUARANTEES:

A. Upon completion of soil pre-treatment, and as a condition of final acceptance, furnish the Owner a written guarantee. The Guarantee shall state that the application was made at authorized concentrations, rates, and methods. Guarantee to include yearly inspections by this subcontractor for the duration of the warranty at no additional expense to the Owner. Guarantee to be non-cancellable, except by Owner.

B. Effectiveness of treatment to be guaranteed for 5 years. Re-treatment, upon evidence of subterranean termite activity, to be at no cost to the Owner, and in accordance with accepted trade practices.

C. Damage to the building and/or its contents, occurring at any time within this five year period, up to $5,000.00 in value, caused by subterranean termites, shall be corrected without cost to Owner.

1.5 SUBMITIALS:

2.0

2.1

A. Submit sample form of the Guarantee to Architect for approval before beginning work.

B. Submit manufacturer's literature indicting soil termiticide to be used.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Use only water-based emulsion soil chemicals. B. Use working solutions containing any one of the following termiticides (do not use

any product that has been banned by the E.P.A.): Prelude Demon TC Prevail Tribute

02281 - Page 1 of 2

Page 36: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

Dilution ratios to be in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and E.P.A. Guidelines. Product must also be approved by the State of Texas.

2.2 DESIGN MIXES:

3.0

3.1

A. Combinations of toxicants will not be permitted.

EXECUTION

TIME OF APPLICATION:

A. Do not begin soil work until all preparations for slab placement have been made. Apply before installation of the various building concrete slabs.

B. Do not apply soil pre-treatment when soil is excessively wet, after heavy rains, or if ground water is present.

C. Advise Owner is advance of applications of termiticides and perform the actual installation when no students are present at the school site.

3.2 APPLICATION:

A. Toxicant Solutions: Apply toxicant solution at concentrations and dilution ratios as required to achieve required soil toxicity. Rates of application shall be as applicable to on-site soil conditions, as per State of Texas and E.P.A. requirements.

B. Building Areas: Apply toxicant solution in accordance with State, E.P.A., F.H.A. and manufacturer's recommendations to all areas beneath new floor slabs, around any new piers and along both sides of all new foundation walls and grade beams, as well as any block-outs or slab penetrations. Apply alone lines of new construction abutting existing structures. Apply immediately below expansion joints, control joints and any other areas where the concrete slab will be penetrated by construction features, such as water closet waste lines. Apply to provide thorough and continuous coverage for horizontal barrier and as required to establish vertical barriers at the base of foundation, plumbing lines, backfilled soil and against foundation walls.

C. Dispose of waste containers properly.

3.3 RETREATMENT:

A. All chemicals used in any required re-treatment must be previously certified as to type of chemical and rate of concentration.

02281 - Page 2 of 2

Page 37: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK:

A. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200 B. Cast In Place Concrete: Section 03300

SECTION 02365

DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS WITH UNDERREAMS

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

2.0

2.1

3.0

3.1

A. Work performed in all aspects of this Section shall be performed by skilled workmen regularly engaged in the excavation and placement of drilled concrete piers.

B. Equipment utilized in pursuit of work covered under this Section shall be properly maintained, adequately manned and appropriate to the task being accomplished.

C. Excavation of piers and/or underreamed footings to be accomplished in accordance with the following tolerances: 1) Centerline location (top of pier) - 2" deviation maximum. 2) Vertical Alignment-variation from plumb not to exceed 3/4" in 10'-0"

maximum. 3) If above tolerances are exceeded, provide corrective construction to

compensate for excessive eccentricity. Submit proposed corrective construction methods to Architect for review before proceeding.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Concrete - as specified in Section 03300, 2,500 psi at 28 days, 1 1/2" aggregate (maximum).

B. Reinforcing Steel - as specified in Section 03200.

EXECUTION

PREPARATION:

A. Verify stake locations and elevations of all piers. Promptly notify Architect of irregularities.

B. Schedule sequence of operations so that each pier can be completed, in a continuous rapid and orderly manner (drilled and poured same day). Any steel reinforcing requiring field assembly shall be completely fabricated prior to initiation of excavation.

C. Include a separate bid schedule for price per linear foot of pier or per cubic ft. of pier to include drilling, concrete and reinforcing.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Excavate holes to the required footing depth, leaving all pier bottoms level and on undisturbed material. For underreams, provide a flat level bottom free from loose earth and water prior to concrete placement. Some adjustments to design depths may be required during construction if underreaming at specified depths encounters excessive sloughing or caving or if the bearing capacity at that strata is discovered to

02365 - Page 1 of 2

Page 38: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

be insufficient. After notifying the Architect, continue excavations until satisfactory conditions are encountered. Such revisions to the work will be considered as additional work and will be paid for in accordance with the contract provisions. No payments will be made for additional excavations that are not authorized in advance by the Architect.

B. Remove loose material after drilling and allow inspection of shaft prior to placement of reinforcing and concrete.

C. Place reinforcing steel in one continuous operation. Placement shall be accurate and symmetrical about the centerline of the shaft. Secure in position during placement of concrete. Allow reinforcing to extend as required for connection to upper structure reinforcing steel.

D. Place concrete immediately. Place concrete continuously and without interruption. E. Strike off concrete at required elevation and adjust reinforcing extensions as

required. Where required, set plates, dowels, bolts and other anchorage devices with a template.

F. Protect concrete from weather extremes.

3.3 REJECTION OF WORK:

A. Improperly located or improperly placed piers or piers that are otherwise damaged or defective may be rejected. If required by the Architect, Contractor to provide additional piers as directed by Architect at no additional expense to the Owner.

02365 - Page 2 of 2

Page 39: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Earthwork: Section 02200 B. Concrete Reinforcing: Section 03200 C. Cast In Place Concrete: Section 03300

SECTION 02510

CONCRETE PAVING, CURBS & SIDEWALKS

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. All work done in this area to be paid by personnel experienced in concrete finishing work.

1.3 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

3.0

3.1

A. Perform no concrete operations when temperature is below 40 degrees F or is expected to fall below 40 degrees F within the ensuing 24 hours. Temperature of mixed concrete shall not exceed 90 degrees F nor be less than 60 degrees F.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Concrete: Concrete to be of material composition as specified Section 03300; 3000 P.S.I. at 28 days. Maximum aggregate size to be 1-1/2".

B. Expansion Joint Material (Wood): 3/4" B or better redwood. C. Expansion Joint Material (Sealant): Single component elastomeric with

manufacturers recommended joint filler and bond breaker tape. Elastomeric sealant to be SL 1 Joint Seal or approved equal. Color to be as selected by Architect.

D. Curing Compound: Curing compound to be resin base ASTM C309, Type I. E. Reinforcing Steel: 6 x 6 - W1 .4 x W1 .4 Flat wire mesh, as shown, with a

minimum of 6" overlap at all joints. Provide in flat sheets. F. Dowels: Except as otherwise detailed, No. 4 reinforcing bars 18" long at 16" on

center with one side wrapped with plastic tubing to form a slip joint. G. Base: Base material to be compacted select fill, thickness as indicated on the

Drawings. Refer to Section 02200.

EXECUTION

PERFORMANCE

A. Excavate sub-grade as required to obtain required finish grades, allowing for required thickness offill material and concrete. Compact sub-grade true to line and grade. Sub-grade shall be free from soft spots and loose materials. Fill areas to receive concrete with select fill. Level and compact with a pneumatic roller.

B. Forms to be straight, durable and have a depth equal to the required depth. The forms to be securely staked to line and grade in such a manner that there shall be no movement when the concrete is placed. Wet down sub-grade before placing concrete.

02510 - Page 1 of 2

Page 40: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

C. Reinforcing steel and expansion joints with dowels to be located and accomplished in accordance with the Drawings. Expansion joints and transverse markings to be square with the sidewalk and curb gutters. Transverse markings to be 1 /5 depth of concrete thickness and to be located between expansion joints at a distance not to exceed 6'-0" o.c.

D. Concrete shall be placed in such a manner so that segregation does not occur. Concrete shall be thoroughly tamped with a "jitterbug" or other approved tool. All pours shall begin and end at expansion joints; no cold joints allowed.

E. Immediately after the finishing has been completed, curing compound shall be evenly applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Forms shall be carefully removed so that the sidewalk or curb is not damaged. All "honeycombs" shall be plastered before backfilling is accomplished. Protect work for duration of project. Replace portions of work that become damaged prior to acceptance of building by Owner.

F. Wherever required, patch existing asphalt. Remove all loose material and supplement base as required. Compact to 90%. Apply tack coat and hot mix asphalt in successive layers and roll.

3.2 FINISHES:

A. All joints and edges shall be tooled and surface of sidewalks and paving shall receive a medium broom finish unless otherwise indicated. Broom marks shall be uniform and even. The marks shall break the surface to prevent surface from becoming slick when wet. Run broom marks across the width of walks. Concrete curbs shall have a rubbed and grout coat finish.

02510 - Page 2 of 2

Page 41: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED SECTIONS

SECTION 02821

ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCES AND GATES

1. Section 02200 "Earthwork" for filling and for grading work. 2. Section 03300 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete post footings.

1.2 SCOPE

A. This section includes the following: 1. Industrial grade aluminum ornamental fences with pickets. 2. Pedestrian gates, swing type.

B. Intent is to match existing.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of ornamental metal fences specified in this Section by the same firm that fabricated it.

B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing ornamental metal fences and gates similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required unites.

C. Conform to windstorm requirements (T.W.I.A.) in all respects. D. Conform to handicapped accessibility standards (T.A.S.).

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installation instructions for fences and gates, including hardware and gate operators.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing location of fence and gates, including posts, details of post installation, hardware, and accessories. Show sizes and thicknesses of all members, types of materials, methods of connection and assembly, complete dimensions, clearances, anchorage, relationship to surrounding work, and other pertinent details of fabrication and installation.

C. Samples for Verification: Submit samples for each profile and pattern of fabricated metal and for each type of metal finish required, prepared on metal of same thickness and alloy indicated for the Work. 1. Gate hardware including hinges and latch. 2. Gate hardware including hinges, latches and levered (keypad operational) locks.

02821 - Page 1 of 4

Page 42: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

D. Qualification Data: Submit qualification data for fabricator.

1.5 WARRANTY

2.0

2.1

A. Provide 1 year warranty against defects. B. Provide standard limited life time warranty on finish.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS

A. Aluminum material for fence framework (i.e., tubular pickets, rails and posts) shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B221. The aluminum extrusions for posts, pickets, and rails Alloy and Temper Designation 35,000-psi strength aluminum alloy 6063-T5 and 6005-T5.

B. Coating: The fence system shall have an electro statically applied polyester powder coat finish that exceeds AAMA 2604. Factory applied and baked at a temperature of 400°F to 425°F. Color to be selected by Architect for standard colors.

C. Pickets: Extruded tubing and fastened to rail by 41 O stainless steel corrosion resistant screws. The heads are coated with zinc and yellow chromate, then painted to match the color of fence. See available colors. a. Picket Spacing - match existing.

D. Rail: Horizontal rails are to be 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" (.070 top wall and .100 side wall).

E. Posts: Form fitting to rail profile, pre-punched aluminum posts: 2" x 2" x .100" wall thickness, except at gate or terminal posts: 4" x 4" x .125" wall.

F. Aluminum castings shall be used for all rings, post caps, finials, and miscellaneous adornments.

2.2 ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCES

A. The ornamental metal fence, labeled as "decorative aluminum fencing" on the plans shall be equal to Industrial Aluminum Ornamental Fence System #EFF-20 as manufactured by Elite Fence Product. Match existing.

2.3 PEDESTRIAN GATES

A. Pedestrian Gate Design: Match existing fence design. B. Gate Hardware: Match existing, including keypad operated, levered

lockset. Conform to T.A.S. accessibility standards.

02821 - Page 2 of 4

Page 43: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL

3.0

3.1

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble ornamental fence sections and gates in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Pickets, rails and posts pre-cut to specified lengths. Rails pre-punched to accept pickets.

C. Gate: Fabricated with mechanical fastening with 410 stainless steel screws. Components, 1" pickets x .062", Rails 1 5/8" rail, Uprights are 2" x 2" square. Walk gates adjustable commercial hinges and with latching device.

D. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structures. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fence rigidly in place.

E. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening up of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations.

EXECUTION

FENCE INSTALLATION

A. Install ornamental metal fences and gates in accordance with approved shop drawings. Do not begin installation and erection before final grading is established.

B .Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate (using post-hole digger) holes for posts 12" in diameter and 30" in depth in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil.

C. Setting Posts in Earth: Center and align posts in holes, space as required by manufacturer. Provide temporary bracing as required to allow posts to set in concrete in true and plumb alignment. 1. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place

concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations.

D. Setting Fence Posts at concrete walks: 1. Core drill 3-1/2 inch diameter holes 9 inches deep. 2. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill space around post

with exterior erosion-resistant anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

3. Leave anchorage joint exposed; wipe off surplus anchoring material; and leave 1/8 inch buildup, sloped away from post.

E. Fence Assembly: Install fully assembled fence sections as indicated on Drawings. Set bottom rail of fence 8 inches above finish grade.

02821 - Page 3 of 4

Page 44: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.2 GATE INSTALLATION

A. Install gates according to manufacturer's approved shop drawings, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference.

B. Install gate hardware and operators according to manufacturer's written instructions, aligned and true to fence line and grade.

C. Adjust all hardware.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material.

B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work.

02821 - Page 4 of 4

Page 45: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200 B. Cast-In-Place Concrete: Section 03300 C. Void Forms: Section 03164

SECTION 03100

CONCRETE FORMWORK

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A All concrete formwork, including forms, shores, re-shores, and required braces to be the responsibility of the Contractor, who shall be responsible for the design, engineering and constructing of the formwork as required to meet construction loading requirements and applicable code requirements. Forms to be provided so that resultant concrete conforms to required lines, shapes and dimensions. Design formwork to be readily removed without impact, shock or damage to the in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent finishes.

B. Formwork to be in compliance with ACI "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" and with applicable sections of ACI 301 and ACI 347.

1.3 DESIGN:

2.0

2.1

A Contractor shall be responsible for designing, erecting, shoring, bracing and maintaining formwork required to place concrete and to safely transmit all vertical and lateral loads that might be applied to the structure and formwork until the reinforced concrete has attained sufficient strength to safely accommodate such loads. Form design shall include considerations of live load, dead load, weight of equipment, weight of materials, impact loads, vibrator frequencies, ambient temperatures, foundation pressures, stress and any other factor affecting the safety of the structure during construction.

B. Provide supports, re-shores and bracing in such a manner as to provide a means of field adjustment of forms due to shift and/or settlement during placement procedures.

C. Design formwork to minimize joints. Design formwork assemblies to facilitate form removal and to allow forms to be stripped without removal of shoring and bracing that may be required to remain in place. Forms to be readily removable with a minimum of impact to concrete structure.

PRODUCTS

FORM MATERIALS:

A Plywood: Douglas fir conforming to PS-1 for Construction and Industrial grade plywood. B. Lumber: Douglas fir; structural grade with grade stamp clearly visible. C. Void Forms: Moisture resistant treated paper-faces, biodegradable, structurally

sufficient to support weight of wet concrete mix until initial set; thickness as shown on Drawings and otherwise required. Provide trapezoidal shaped forms under all grade beams with concrete cap as shown on Drawings. Refer to spec. section 03164.

03100 - Page 1 of 3

Page 46: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES:

3.0

3.1

A. Form Release Agent: Commercial formulation that will not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces. Agent shall not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion.

B. Form Ties: Factory fabricated, adjustable length, removable or snap-off metal ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete surfaces upon removal. Provide ties so that portion remaining within concrete is at least 1-1/2" from outer surfaces.

C. Chamfers: Provide chamfers at all exposed exterior corners. Wood or P.V.C. strips, 3/4" x 3/4"; unless indicated otherwise on the Plans; maximum lengths as practical.

D. Anchorage: Provide nails, lag bolts and other anchorage items as required of sufficient size, strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. Provide dovetail slots and anchors at all cast-in-place concrete to masonry connections or as otherwise required. Slots to be 20 gauge (filled) provide in 1 O' lengths. Anchors to be 12 gauge x length required. Hot-dipped galvanized.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Verify lines, levels, elevations and measurements before proceeding with the formwork.

B. Inspect formwork construction before any concrete is placed to insure adequate bracing and shoring to meet loading requirements.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Construct forms in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 437 to exact sizes, shapes, elevations and dimensions required. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways and recesses as required. Provide all shoring and bracing required to ensure stability of formwork during and after placement. Support form-facing materials by structural members spaced sufficiently to prevent deflection. Provide extra studs and/or girts at intersecting planes to maintain true, square intersections. Seal all openings and joints to prevent leakage and "fins".

B. Provide openings in forms to accommodate the work of other trades, including mechanical and electrical work.

C. Set and build into formwork anchorage such devices, accessories and other embedded items required for other work that is attached or supported by cast in place concrete. Use setting drawings and instructions provided by manufacturer of such items. Ensure that items are installed level and plumb and that they are not disturbed during concrete placement operations.

D. Provide temporary openings where interior areas of formwork are inaccessible for cleanout, inspection and/or concrete placement. Brace openings and set tightly to forms. Provide openings at bottom of forms to allow water to drain. Close all temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms.

E. Forms for Exposed Concrete: Drill forms to suit ties utilized and to prevent concrete leakage. Provide chamfer strips at all sight-exposed external corners. Provide all other form-molding shapes, recesses and projections with smooth finish materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement.

F. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations in the finish slab surface. Provide and secure units required to support screeds.

03100 - Page 2 of 3

Page 47: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

G. Construction Joints: Locate construction joints not shown on the Drawings so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure, as approved by the Architect/Engineer. Provide keyways for slabs and all other construction joints in walls and beams. Place construction joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement with the reinforcement continued across the joint, unless otherwise indicated.

3.3 APPLICATION OF FORM RELEASES:

A. Coat form surfaces with form release agent. Apply in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, inserts, anchor devices and other embedded items.

3.4 FORM REMOVAL:

A. Forms shall be left in place until concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own weight and construction and design loads which may be imposed upon it. Re-shore structural members as required by construction conditions to permit successive construction; such re-shoring being the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

B. Remove forms progressively so that no unbalanced loads are imposed on the structure. Do not damage concrete surfaces during removal of the forms.

3.5 FORM REUSE:

A. Clean and repair forms to be reused. Patching of voids will not be permitted at exposed faces of concrete.

B. Store forms to prevent damage until reuse. C. Reapplication of form release agent is required prior to each reuse of forms.

03100 - Page 3 of 3

Page 48: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 49: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED REQUIREMENTS:

SECTION 03164

VOID FORMS

A. Drawings and provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification section, apply to work of this section.

1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS:

A. Unless otherwise shown or specified, design, place, and maintain void forms or carton forms for cast-in-place concrete work in compliance with the American Concrete Institute Standard "Recommended Practice for Concrete Form Work", ACI 347.

1.3 LOCATION:

A. Void forms are to be placed under grade beams, and first floor slabs as detailed on the contract drawings, and are expected to be left in place after concrete placement. Trapezoidal shape required under grade beams.

1.4 SUBMITTALS:

1.5.1

2.0

2.1

A. B.

C.

A.

Submit shop drawings in accordance with other sections. Void form manufacturer shall submit product data sheets on the void form system to the Architect/Engineer verifying compliance with this section. Contractor shall provide letter certifying that no capillary breaks exist between the void forms and the supporting soil.

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:

Materials shall be protected from moisture and other means of damage prior to installation. Do not install or use void form that has received damage due to water, improper use/handling, storage or improper installation.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Materials for void forms shall be the product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the commercial production of void forms. The void form components shall be constructed of double faced, partially wax-impregnated corrugated fiberboard that is laminated with moisture resistant adhesive. Fully wax-impregnated corrugated fiberboard is not acceptable due to resistance to deterioration. The interior construction shall be of a uniform, cellular configuration. ·

B. Slab void forms shall be of rectangular construction. Trapezoidal void forms shall be used on grade beams, with concrete cap as shown on the Drawings.

C. Design and maintain void forms to support all vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. This includes, but is not limited to, live load, dead load, weight of moving equipment, height of concrete drop, vibrator frequency, ambient temperature, soil pressures, and lateral stability.

03164 - Page 1 of 2

Page 50: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

D. Form material shall be designed to lose its strength upon prolonged contact with the moisture which normally accumulates beneath slabs and beams on grade. Sufficient deterioration to cushion uplift forces in soil shall take place within a maximum of eight weeks time after placement of concrete. Void forms must have a minimum strength to sustain the working construction loads.

2.0 EX E C U T I O N

3.1 INSTALLATION:

A. Forms shall be assembled and placed in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, and in a manner to provide tight joints that will prevent loss of paste during concrete placement. Provide seam pads at joints per manufacturer's directions.

B. End closures shall be provided on all grade beam and slab voids. C. The upper 2 foot portion of each drilled pier must be properly formed and contained

to the designated diameter, and must be correctly voided at the intersection with the grade beams or structural slabs by using a pre-manufactured, non-field cut, sealed void form with curved, radical, vertical edge adjacent to pier.

D. Protective 1/4" tempered masonite cover sheets over void forms at slabs and grade beams to distribute working loads, bridge small gaps, and protect void material from puncture and other damage during concrete placement.

E. Forms must be properly placed and anchored as required to prevent displacement or flotation during placement of concrete.

F. Vapor barrier shall not be placed between the void forms and the supporting soil. It is acceptable to place vapor barrier over the top of the void forms, but the forms should not be wrapped with the vapor barrier.

G. Forms shall be protected from moisture prior to installation. If void forms become wet, contact the manufacturer to determine if the forms are still capable of performing as required. Any forms that are damaged due to exposure to moisture must be replaced before concrete is placed.

H. Refer to structural drawings for shape of trapezoidal carton under grade beams to form retainer at each edge.

03164 - Page 2 of 2

Page 51: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Concrete Formwork: Section 03100 B. Cast In Place Concrete: Section 03300 C. Void Forms: Section 03164

SECTION 03200

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Comply with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" and Documents 63 and 65.

B. Conform to ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Building and 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating fabrication, bending and placement of reinforcing steel. Show locations and quantities of steel sizes, spacing, bending and cutting requirements, splicing, stirrup spacing, support and spacing devices.

B. Certificates: If requested by the Architect, submit 4 copies of steel mill test certificates for supplied concrete reinforcing. Indicate physical and chemical analysis.

C. Foreign Manufactured Reinforcing Steel: Test supplied steel for compliance to ASTM requirements by an independent testing laboratory located in the United States, approved by the Owner. All costs for testing to be borne by the Contractor.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

2.0

2.1

A. Deliver reinforcing steel to the project site bundled with weather resistant tags and marks. Store at site in such a manner as to prevent damage and accumulation of dirt, mud and excessive rust.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Reinforcing steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield billet-steel deformed bars. Grade 40 ksi for #3 and #4 stirrups and ties.

B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. Sizes and gauges as indicated on the Drawings. Provide in flat sheets (rolled sheets are unacceptable).

C. Tie Wire: 16 gauge annealed. D. Chairs, Bolsters, and Supports: Plastic-coated type, of proper size, type, and

spacing required to support reinforcing steel and to maintain required clearances prior to and during placing procedures. Provide flat "tins" welded to feet of bolsters to be placed over otherwise unstable surfaces. Use plastic tip slab bolsters at suspended slabs. Use plastic high chairs for suspended slabs.

03200 - Page 1 of 2

Page 52: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.2 FABRICATION:

3.0

3.1

A. Fabricate reinforcing steel to required shapes and sizes with fabrication tolerances in accordance with ACI 315.

B. Do not re-bend or straighten reinforcing in a manner that will damage or weaken the material.

C. Splices: Locate splices for scheduled reinforcing. Splices for unscheduled reinforcing to be minimized. Where splices area required, stagger splices in adjacent bars.

EXECUTION

PREPARATION:

A. Contractor shall, prior to placement of any reinforcing steel, secure Architect's approval for placement, tying and supporting procedures. Required interpretations shall be obtained prior to initiation of placement.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Comply with specified standards for details and methods of reinforcement placement and support.

B. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and scale and any other materials that will reduce bond between reinforcing and concrete.

C. Place reinforcement to obtain required coverage. Provide chairs, bolsters and bar supports in sufficient types, quantities and locations to carry reinforcement. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports together with tie wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position. Set wire ties so that ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces.

D. Position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction or concrete placement operations.

E. Where required, install wire fabric in as long lengths as practical. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace together with wire. Do not make end laps between supporting beams or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps with adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps.

F. Splices: Unless otherwise shown all laps and splices shall be equal to 40 bar diameters, but in no case less than 12". This also applies to temperature reinforcing.

3.2 INSPECTION:

A. Notify Architect 24 hours in advance of concrete placement operations to permit inspection of reinforcing steel and preparatory work and to allow necessary corrections to be made before such operations are commenced.

03200 - Page 2 of 2

Page 53: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Concrete Formwork: Section 03100 B. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200

SECTION 03300

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings and ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.

B. Obtain materials from same source throughout the work. C. All concrete work included in other sections of these Specifications that is NOT

specifically described therein shall comply with the requirements of this Section.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Product Data: Provide data of joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures. B. Concrete Mix Design: Provide mix design of each class of concrete. C. All submittals shall be submitted at least two (2) weeks prior to its installation.

1.4 TESTING:

A. A recognized Independent Testing Laboratory will be selected by the Owner to perform the following field and laboratory testing services at the expense of the Owner: 1) Inspect and test all concrete materials, except those items such as domestic

cement and domestic reinforcing steel covered by mill certificates which need not be tested by the Laboratory.

2) Make and test concrete cylinders at the frequency of one set of four specimens per 50 cubic yards of concrete for each class placed or fraction thereof per day's pour.

B. The scope of testing services may be adjusted at the Owner's discretion prior to or at any time during the project.

C. All inspections and tests to be performed in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards. Slump tests to be in accordance with ASTM C-43. Compression tests to be in accordance with ASTM C-31. In the event the Laboratory determines deviations from the Specifications, the Architect and Contractor shall be notified immediately. Written reports covering all inspection and testing operation to be furnished promptly to the Architect and Contractor.

D. In addition to the foregoing function, the Testing Laboratory shall be considered available to consult with the Contractor and his sub-contractor in respect to the design, proportioning and mixing of concrete. The Contractor will be responsible for notifying the Testing Laboratory at appropriate points of progress so that the identified scope of testing can be refiected. Such notification to be made in a timely fashion. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Testing Laboratory so that the functions of the laboratory may be properly performed.

03300 - Page 1 of 7

Page 54: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

E. Should cylinder breaks indicate that below-specified strength, tests shall be made on those areas so affected. The method of loading shall conform to the ACI 318. Such tests to be made by the Independent Testing Laboratory and at the expense of the Contractor. Any area or member found to be inadequate by the above test shall be removed and replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect.

F. The testing of materials described herein in no way relieves the Contractor of his obligation to provide materials and construction in full compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

A. Conform to ACI recommendations for hot weather {ACI 305) and for cold weather {ACI 306) concrete mixing and placement.

B. Perform no concrete operations when temperature is below 40 degrees F. or is expected to fall below 40 degrees F. within the ensuing 24 hours. Temperature of mixed concrete shall not exceed 90 degrees F. nor be less than 60 degrees F.

PRODUCTS

CONCRETE MATERIALS:

A. Portland Cement: Conform to ASTM C-150, Type I or Type Ill. Use only one brand per mix on the entire project.

B. Fly Ash: 1. Conform to ASTM C-618, Type C or F. 2. Source of fly ash must be on Texas Department of Transportation's approved

list. 3. At no time during course of project will a change in fly ash source be

permitted without approval of the Architect/Engineer. C. Coarse Aggregate:

1. Nominal maximum size: No larger than 1/5 the narrowest dimension between sides of forms; nor 1 /3 the depth of slabs or topping; nor 3/4 the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars, or bundles of bars. See Drawings.

2. Normal-Weight Concrete: Conform to ASTM C33. D. Fine Aggregate: Conform to ASTM C33 E. Mixing Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acids, alkalis, salts,

organic materials, or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel. F. Admixtures:

1. General: Admixtures shall not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water.

2. Air Entraining Admixture: Conform to ASTM C260. Product shall be "Air­Mix" by the Euclid Chemical Co., "MB-VR" by Master Builders or "Sika AER" by Sika Corp.

3. Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not permitted.

4. Certification: Written conformance to the above mentioned requirements and the chloride ion content of the admixture will be required from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix design review by the Engineer.

2.2 RELATED MATERIALS:

A. Liquid Curing Compound: 1. Shall conform to ASTM C309 "Specifications for Liquid Membrane Forming

Compounds for Curing Concrete", Type 1-D. 2. Shall be compatible with type of floor covering or finish specified.

03300 - Page 2 of 7

Page 55: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

B. Absorptive Mats: ASTM C171, Type B, cotton fabric. C. Bonding and Repair Materials:

1. Bonding Compounds: The compound shall be a polyvinyl acetate type, Rewettable: "Euco Weld" by the Euclid Chemical Co. or "Weldcrete" by the Larson Co. Use only in areas not subject to moisture. Non-Rewettable; Polymer modified, bonding compound "Euco-Bond" by The Euclid Chemical Co. or approved equal.

2. Bonding Admixture: The compound shall be a latex, non-rewettable type, "SBR Latex" or "Flex-Con" by The Euclid Chemical co. or "Daraweld C" by W.R. Grace.

3. Low Shrinkage Structural Repair Mortar: One component polymer, mcirosilica modified, high strength concrete repair mortar. Product shall be "SR-93" by The Euclid Chemical Company or approved substitute.

4. Epoxy Adhesive: The compound shall be a two (2) component, 100% solids, 100% reactive compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces, "Euco Epoxy No. 452MV or No. 620" by The Euclid Chemical Co. or "Sikadure Hi­Mod" by The Sika Chemical Corp.

2.3 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIXES:

A.

B.

Strength: The specified compressive strength of the concrete f,' for each portion of the structure shall be as follows: 1. Piers:

2.

a) 28-Day Compressive strength: b) Maximum Aggregate Size: c) Maximum Water Cement Ratio All Other Structural Concrete: a) 28-Day Compressive strength: b) Maximum Aggregate Size: c) Maximum Water Cement Ratio:

2500 psi 1 1/2 inch 0.55

5000 psi 3/4 inch 0.50

Concrete Proportions: 1. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture which will work readily into the

corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcing, but without permitting the materials to aggregate or excessive free water to accumulate on the surface.

2. All mix designs shall be proportioned in accordance with ACI 18, Section 5.3 "Proportioning on the Basis in field Experience and/or Field Experience and/or Trial Mixtures". a) If field experience is proposed, appropriate field test data for

concrete made with similar ingredients may be used. The use of the proposed mixture proportions shall be subject to approval by the Architect/Engineer based on their demonstrated ability to produce concrete meeting all requirements of the specifications. Ability to produce the required average strength shall be determined on the basis of strength test record of 30 or more tests made during the past year, which will permit establishing the water-cement ratio

b) corresponding to the required average strength. If trial batches are used, the mix design shall be determined by an independent testing laboratory using at trial mixtures with three different water-cement ratios. Complete trial mixture test data or standard deviation analysis also shall be included on the Mix Design Submittal Form attached at the end of this specification section. Final proposed mixes shall achieve an average compressive strength 1200 psi higher than the specified strength, slump within 1 in. of the maximum permitted, and, where applicable, maximum entrained air content.

03300 - Page 3 of 7

Page 56: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3. If the strength specified is not obtained with the minimum water/cement ratio specified, or the construction schedule requires early strengths, use additional cement at no additional expense to the Owner.

4. The Contractor shall pay for the cost of the concrete mix designs and the preliminary testing.

C. Slump: All concrete shall have a maximum slump of 5". D. Air Content:

1. All concrete exposed to freezing and thawing and/or required to be watertight shall have an air content of 4.5% to 7.5%.

2.4 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE:

A. General: Thoroughly incorporate properly weighed materials in the quantities allowed by the rated mixing capacity of the mixer by mixing at the speed and for the length of time required to produce concrete of uniform consistency, paste distribution and aggregate grading from the beginning to the end of the discharge. Maintain the mixer free of hardened concrete, leaks and excessive wear.

B. Ready-Mixed Concrete: 1. All ready-mix trucks shall conform to the requirements of NRMCA QC

Manual, Section 3, Plant Certification paragraph 5.1. Mix and deliver in conformance with ASTM C94.

2. The supplier of ready-mixed concrete shall have a plant of sufficient capacity and adequate transit-mixing equipment to assure delivery at the rate required to permit continuous, uninterrupted placing throughout each scheduled pout.

3. Any concrete not placed within one and one half hours after the mixing water is added to the dry ingredients shall be rejected and disposed of at the Contractor's expense.

2.5 PRE-CONCRETE CONFERENCE:

3.0

3.1

A. At least 35 days prior to start of the concrete construction schedule, the Contractor shall conduct a meeting to review the proposed mix designs and to discuss the required methods and procedures to achieve the required concrete construction.

B. The Contractor shall require responsible representatives of every party who is concerned with the concrete work to attend the conference, including but not limited to the Contractor's superintendent, laboratory responsible for the concrete design mix, the laboratory responsible for field quality control, the concrete placement and finishing subcontractor, the ready-mix concrete producer, the admixture manufacturer's, and the concrete pumping contractor. The Engineer shall also be notified so that he may be present at the conference. Subsequent to meeting but prior to commencement of placing, provide a statement by the Contractor's Superintendent, Concrete Placement and Finishing Subcontractor, Ready-mix Concrete Supplier, Admixture Manufacturer(S), and the Concrete Pumping Subcontractor (if applicable) indicating that the proposed mix designs, placing, finishing and curing techniques will meet the requirements of these specifications.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Verify inserts, pipes, sleeves, conduits, trench grating, anchors, bolts, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, securely position will not obstruct placement of concrete.

03300 - Page 4 of 7

Page 57: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.2 CONCRETE DESIGN & MIXING:

A. Mix concrete in accordance with AC! 613. Volumetric proportioning not allowed. Measurement of materials to be by weight only by methods that will perm it proportions to be accurately controlled.

B. Concrete may be proportioned and mixed on the job, dry batched for mixing on the job or procured from a "transit mixed" concrete. If transit-mixed, mixing and transporting operation to conform with ASTM C-94. Mixing water shall not be added after a truck has left the plant except by permission of Architect or his representative. No concrete shall be used in the work that has been held longer than 1-1 /2 hours in a mixer truck. If dry-batched to job site, the batching plant operations to conform with ASTM C-94. Transportation of dry materials shall be performed in such a manner as to prevent loss, segregation or contamination of ingredients. If job-proportioned and mixed, aggregates must be stock piled separately and handled in such a manner as to prevent inclusion of any foreign materials. Except for emergency hand-mixing under approved condition, all concrete to be machine mixed in an approved type mixer for a minimum period of 1-1/2 minutes in a drum rotating at a peripheral speed of about 200 feet per minute. All equipment to be clean.

C. Water cement ratio of foundation slab and beam shall not exceed 0.47. D. Aggregates to be proportioned by weight. Use of fractional sacks of cement will not

be permitted unless the cement is proportioned by weight. Water to be measured by an accurate measuring device that can be adjusted to compensate for variations in free moisture content or aggregates. Re-tempering of partially hardened concrete or mortar will not be permitted. Concrete to be proportioned so as to include the minimum amount of water to obtain a workable mix in accordance with the limits prescribed.

E. The determination of the proportions of cement, aggregate and water to attain the required strengths shall be established by tests which shall be made in advance of the beginning of operations using the consistencies suitable for the work and in accordance with the "Standard Method of Making Compression Tests of Concrete", ASTM C-39.

3.3 PLACEMENT:

A. No concrete to be placed at anytime without the Architect's direct presence, unless approved by the Architect.

B. Notify the Architect 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. Placement of concrete will not be allowed until inspection and approval of reinforcement, formwork and other conditions of placement has been done by the Architect.

C. Maintain concrete coverage around reinforcing as shown on the Drawings. In no case shall coverage be less than 1-1/2", unless noted otherwise. Suspended slabs 3/4" cover.

D. All concrete placement to be in strict accordance with ACI 301. For standard concrete, elapsed time between proportioning of materials and placing of concrete shall not exceed 1-1/2 hours. Delivery of concrete to be scheduled so that continuity of a pouring operation is not interrupted for more than 15 minutes between trucks.

E. Before depositing concrete, remove debris and water from spaces to receive concrete. Wet forms and abutting concrete surfaces as directed.

F. When depositing new concrete against old, wire brush clean and thoroughly wet old surfaces and cover with bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

G. Convey concrete from mixer to forms immediately by means of approved equipment that will avoid segregation upon placement. Deposit continuously and in layers of such thickness so that no concrete will be deposited on concrete that has hardened.

03300 - Page 5 of 7

Page 58: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

Consolidate concrete to insure avoidance of excessive voids and honeycombs using mechanical vibrators, supplemented by hand-rodding and tamping where required. Do not vibrate to the point that segregation occurs. Vibration to conform to ASTM C-309.

H. After placement, screed concrete to required lines and levels working with horizontal and vertical strokes. Use bull-float or darbies to smooth surface and to raise fills to surface. Check for humps, depressions or other surface irregularities and correct. Float surface to 1/4" in 10'-0" tolerance. Finish in accordance with Paragraph 3.4, Finishing.

I. Construction loads on in-place construction shall at no time exceed the live load for which the in-place structure was designed. Contractor to obtain same from Architect and Engineer prior to loading structure.

J. If, for any reason, it shall become necessary to stop placement of concrete at places other than those indicated on the Drawings, such places and the manner of making the joint, shall require the approval of the Architect and Engineer. Adequate provisions shall be made against shear by means of keys or added reinforcement or as otherwise directed. Before deposing new concrete against old, forms to be retightened and hardened surfaces cleaned and covered with a coating of mortar and neat cement grout.

K. Where shown on the Drawings and wherever else concrete cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints made and located in accordance with methods that will least impair the strength of the structure. Place concrete continuously between construction joints. Unless indicated otherwise, continue reinforcing across joints and provide 1-1/2" keyways. Prior to pouring, clean previously poured concrete and apply bonding agent throughout joint area. Do not break or otherwise interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur.

3.4 FINISHING:

A. Concrete surfaces to be left exposed to be smooth rubbed finish. Wet surfaces while concrete is green and rub with a carborundum brick until uniform color and texture are produced. Remove burrs, fins and other surface irregularities.

B. Concrete slabs to be steel-trowel finished, unless indicated otherwise. Machine troweling is acceptable, subject to Architect's approval. Concrete floor areas NOT scheduled to receive floor finish shall be hand troweled after machine troweling.

C. Concrete slab at porches and other exterior walking areas to be light broom finish. D. Slope slabs to drains as indicated on the Drawings. At exterior breezeway porches

and other weather exposed areas, slope slab surface for positive drainage; however, no slope shall exceed 1 /4" per foot.

E. Patch all surface defects immediately upon removal of forms. Defects include, but are not limited to, cracks in excess of .01", honeycombs, rock pockets, spalls and any surface voids or cracks extending back to reinforcing. Patch all tie holes full and solid. Patching material to be as directed by the Engineer. Color to match concrete surrounding defective area. Mix with water to stiffest consistency allowing handling and placing. Dampen area to be patched and an area 6" around. Coat with bonding agent. Patch, thoroughly consolidating mortar into patched area. Keep patched area damp cured for 7 days.

F. Remove and replace all concrete not conforming to lines, levels, details and elevations required by the Drawings. Slabs to be level to 1/4" in 10'-0" tolerance. Grind all slabs, where required.

3.5 TESTING:

A. Contractor shall coordinate with testing laboratory and shall notify same to insure laboratory representation at all required pours.

03300 - Page 6 of 7

Page 59: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.6 PROTECTION:

A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying and excessively hot or cold temperatures.

B. Maintain concrete with minimum moisture loss at uniform temperature for sufficient time to insure hydration of cement. Perform curing of all concrete by applying curing compound to horizontal concrete surfaces in two coats, with second coat at right angles to first. Apply curing compound in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Moist-curing or moisture-retaining coverage methods are acceptable, but will require approval prior to concrete placement.

3.7 CLEAN-UP:

A. Immediately after completion of concrete operations, remove all debris from site. B. Immediately prior to final inspection, wash, clean and mop all exposed all exposed

concrete floors.

03300 - Page 7 of 7

Page 60: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 61: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Masonry Accessories: Section 04150 B. Brick Masonry: Section 04210 C. Concrete Masonry Units: Section 04220

SECTION 04100

MASONRY MORTAR

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. All mortar to conform to ASTM C-270, latest edition, in all respects.

2.0 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS:

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type 1; non-staining (less than .0006 free alkaline). B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-207, Type S or SA, non-staining (less than .0006 free

alkaline). C. Sand: ASTM C-144. For joints less than 1/4", all aggregates to pass a No. 16 sieve. D. Water: Potable, free from deleterious amounts of acids and alkaline. E. No premixed masonry cement allowed.

2.2 ADMIXTURES:

A. None required.

2.3 COLOR:

3.0

3.1

A. Grey except per B below. B. Mortar color and texture for exterior work (Type S) shall match the existing mortar

used at Incarnate Word Academy Middle School.

EXECUTION

MIX DESIGNS AND BATCHING:

A. Mortar for exterior brick masonry veneer, exterior load bearing emu walls and interior load bearing emu walls: Type S (Type S max. air content 12%), 1800 psi at 28 days. Mix 1 part Portland cement to 1/2 part lime to 4-1/2 parts sand. (ASTM C270)

B. Mortar for interior non-load bearing emu walls: Type N (Type N max. air content 14%), 750 psi at 28 days. Mix 1 part Portland cement to 1 part lime to 6 parts sand. (ASTM C270)

C. Batching: Mix 3/4 required water, 1/2 required sand, and all of required cement; then add remainder of sand. Mix briefly, and then add remainder of water as batch is mixed. After all water is added, mix batch for at least three minutes but not more than five minutes.

D. All mixing to be done with a mechanical mixer, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. Mixers drum to be completely empty prior to initiation of next batch.

E. Do not mix when temperature is below 40 degrees F.

04100- Page 1 of 2

Page 62: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.2 PLACEMENT:

A. Place mortar within 2-1/2 hours after mixing. Each batch may be re-tempered only during the 2-1/2 hour period as required to restore workability.

B. Do not use mortar that has begun to set. C. Work mortar into cavities, voids, etc., to insure complete bonding. D. Remove excess mortar and droppings on brick. Remove related debris from job site.

04100- Page 2 of 2

Page 63: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Masonry Mortar: Section 04100 B. Brick Masonry: Section 0421 O C. Concrete Masonry Units: Section 04240

SECTION 04150

MASONRY ACCESSORIES

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Supply these materials from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the materials specified.

B. All metal accessories to be galvanized. Items to be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-153, Class B-2, 1.50 oz. zinc coating. Items to be mill-coated in accordance with ASTM A-641, Class 1, 0.40 oz. zinc coating.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature describing the materials specified.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

2.0

2.1

A. Deliver to the site in manufacturer's original packing with labels intact. Store off ground and protect from weathering.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Cavity Wall Anchors (for face brick w/c.m.u. backup) - adjustable tie and horizontal reinforcing system (prefabricated, integral). System to consist of truss type reinforcement for backup wythe and 3/16" adjustable rectangular veneer anchors welded thereto (spacing as required). Assembly width to be 2" less thickness of wall. Hot dipped galvanized finish. Dur-0-Wall, Dur-0-Eye or equal.

B. Joint Filler - closed cell neoprene, ASTM D-1056, Class RE-41. 3/8" thick by width required. Dur-0-Wall Rapid Expansion Joint or equal.

D. Hardware cloth - galvanized 27 gauge 1/8" wire mesh. Width to be 2" less than wall thickness.

E. Horizontal Reinforcing (for concrete masonry units) - standard duty welded wire truss type galvanized wall reinforcing, 2" less in width than thickness of wall. Supply proper corner shapes and tee shapes for corners and intersections of walls. Dur-0-Wall Truss type or equal.

F. Reinforcing - reinforcing bars, sizes as indicated on the Drawings. ASTM 615; No. 3 bars and smaller, Grade 40; all others Grade 60.

G. Dovetail Slots and Anchors - slots to be 20 gauge (filled), in 1 O' lengths. Anchors to be 12 gauge x length required, hot dipped galvanized. Dur-0-Wall D/A 100 and D/A 101 or equal.

H. Steel Lintels - sized in accordance with schedule on Drawings. All lintels to be hot dipped galvanized, G90.

I. Grout - 3000 psi pea gravel concrete, 3/8" maximum aggregate. (ASTM C4 76).

04150 - Page 1 of 2

Page 64: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.2 MANUFACTURERS:

3.0

3.1

A. Approved Manufacturers: In addition to any manufacturer whose materials and/or products are identified by brand name or number within the text of this Section as the basis for minimum required quality, equivalent materials and/or products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable. All others will require prior approval. 1) AA Wire Products 2) Dur-0-Wall 3) Heckman 4) Hohmann & Barnard

EXECUTION

INSTALLATION:

A. Install cavity wall anchors with one anchor for each 1.3 square feet of wall surface (12" vertically, 16" horizontally). Ties in alternate courses shall be staggered. Space anchors at least 6" to 8" away from and around all openings.

B. All accessories are to be sized and installed to insure that in its final position, no accessory is closer than 3/8" from the face of a mortar joint.

C. Install re-bar vertical reinforcing in masonry walls as shown on the Drawings, at center of wall. Fill voids with grout. Place in 2'-0" lifts.

D. Install horizontal reinforcing at 16" o.c. vertically in all masonry unit walls. Center reinforcing on units and lap all joints 6". At openings, place reinforcing in joints immediately above and immediately below opening, 16" wider than opening on each side. At tops of wall, place continuous reinforcing in topmost joint. Provide prefabricated tees and corners.

E. At bolts or other anchorage devices to be installed within cells of masonry units, fill such cells with grout as the work progresses. Place metal lath below cells as a grout retainer. Grout solid.

F. Install lintels at openings in a timely manner. Conform to schedule on Drawings. Provide 1" of bearing per foot of opening, but in no case less then 8".

04150 - Page 2 of 2

Page 65: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Masonry Mortar: Section 04100 B. Masonry Accessories: Section 04150 C. Concrete Masonry Units: Section 04220

SECTION 04210

BRICK MASONRY

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Perform this work with experienced personnel under competent supervision.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit samples for selection; submit a strip of masonry unit sample to show variations in texture and color.

B. Lay a 4' x 4' sample panel for review and approval by the Architect. If panel is not satisfactory, construct additional panels until acceptable and remove unacceptable sample panel materials from site when directed.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Store materials off ground to prevent contamination by mud, dust, or materials likely to cause staining. Cover masonry units and cementatious materials with waterproof covers and keep dry.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

A. Do not lay masonry when the ambient air temperature is less than 40 degrees F. unless suitable means, as approved by the Architect, are employed to heat materials and protect work from cold and frost.

B. Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to wind and sun when ambient air temperature exceeds 99 degrees F. in the shade with a relative humidity of less than 50%. .

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Face Brick Masonry Units: Provide face brick masonry units complying with Grade SW, Type FBS, ASTM C-652 and ASTM C-216. Brick units to be hard-fired domestic brick, equal to Acme face brick. Typical brick size shall be king size. Brick color will match existing Incarnate Word Academy Middle School (adjacent).

B. Special Shapes: Provide special shapes as indicated on the drawings. Provide solid units where indicated on the drawings and wherever brick are laid so that voids would otherwise be exposed.

04210- Page 1 of 3

Page 66: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.2 REINFORCING & ANCHORAGE:

3.0

3.1

A. Anchors: Provide all anchors in sizes and spacing as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section or in Section 04150, Masonry Accessories. All anchors, including nuts, bolts, washers, buck anchors, etc., to be galvanized.

B. All anchorage and reinforcement shall meet local building codes regarding placement and spacing.

EXECUTION

INSTALLATION:

A. Brick with an absorption rate of greater than 20 grams per 30 square inches per minute to be wetted prior to laying.

B. Cut all brick as required with a motor-driven saw with a carborundum blade. All cuts to be smooth and uniform.

C. Lay up all brick in a running third bond with vertical joints located at third points of units in course below, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Provide necessary soldier, rowlock, and/or other specialty courses where indicated on plans.

D. Lay up all brick plumb and true, with courses level, accurately spaced, and coordinated with the work of other trades.

E. Lay all units in full beds of mortar on all vertical and horizontal joints (shoved joints). All joints and spaces to be filled solid. All joints to be 3/8" unless noted otherwise.

F. Tool joints concave. Use a "sled type" tool at least 18" long and 3/4" in diameter for all joints unless otherwise shown. All joints to be tooled to assure dense, weather­tight joints.

G. Adjust units to final position while mortar is soft and plastic. If units are displaced after mortar has stiffened, remove, clean joints and units of mortar, and relay using fresh mortar.

H. Weep holes: Provide weep holes at 30" on center horizontally in mortar joints of exterior width of cavity walls along bottom of cavity over foundations, at through-wall flashings, and at all other water stops in wall. Keep all weep holes free of mortar and other obstructions.

I. At each external building corner, provide in each direction, a layer of 30# asphalt felt 12" long. Felt to be positioned between foundation and first cover of brick.

J. Metal ties and anchorage: provide metal ties at the rate of one tie per 1.3 square feet of wall surface and as detailed on the drawings. Space ties 16" o.c. horizontally and 12" o.c. vertically as a minimum. Stagger in alternate courses. Provide additional ties at all openings spaced not more than three feet apart around the perimeter and within 12" of the opening. Install anchorage and reinforcing as specified in Section 04150, in a timely fashion.

K. Lintel Angles, and Built-in Items: As work progresses and in a timely fashion built-in items specified or otherwise indicated to be built in place. Coordinate with other trades as required. Adjust lintel angles, shelf angles, and other built-in items to keep masonry level and at proper elevation. Mortar solid around built-in items. Minimum bearing of all lintels: 8 inches at each end.

L. Special Joints: Install expansion joints, control joints, and other specialty joints as detailed and in a timely fashion.

M. Stopping and Resuming Work: Schedule work to avoid breaks in horizontal runs. If such breaks are required, rake back 1/2 unit length in each course. Do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set mortar, remove loose units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.

N. Protection of Work: During erection, cover all tapes of all work with a non-staining waterproof membrane at end of each day or shutdown. Cover to extend down 24 inches and to be held securely in place.

04210 - Page 2 of 3

Page 67: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.2 REPAIR, POINTING & CLEANING:

A. Remove and replace brick units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise defective or damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units or if approved percentages of shading variation is not maintained. Contractor to exercise care in handling and laying of masonry and shall not install damaged or mismatched units.

B. Pointing: At completion of work and as required during course of construction, point and fill all voids and cracks in exposed joints with mortar to match that previously laid. Cut out defective joints and refill solidly; tool as specified.

C. Cleaning and Final Clean-up: As work progresses, keep exposed faces of all masonry free from mortar, stains, smears, and drippings. Keep cavities clean. Dry­brush masonry surfaces after mortar has set, at end of each day's work, and after final pointing. Upon completion of all work, clean all exposed brick surfaces with a stiff brush, water and an approved cleaning agent. Final cleaning shall completely remove all mortar, stains, dirt, and atmospheric pollution.

D. On completion of work, remove all scaffolding, surplus materials, rubbish and debris connected with brick masonry work. Leave masonry work and surrounding surfaces clean and free from mortar droppings and spots.

04210 - Page 3 of3

Page 68: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 69: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Masonry Mortar: Section 04100 B. Masonry Accessories: Section 04150 C. Building Insulation: Section 07210

SECTION 04220

CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Perform this work with experienced personnel under competent supervision.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Store materials off ground to prevent contamination by mud, dust, or materials likely to cause staining. Cover concrete masonry units with waterproof covers and keep dry.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

A. Do not lay masonry when temperature of the outside air is below 40 degrees F. unless suitable means, as approved by the Architect, are employed to heat materials and protect work from cold and frost.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Concrete masonry units: Provide hollow load bearing lightweight units complying with ASTM C-90, Grade N, Type 1 moisture controlled with a minimum compression strength of 1900 psi on the net area of the unit. Provide manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 8" x 16", unless otherwise shown.

B. Split-faced masonry units: integrally colored units to match existing Middle School. Provide all shapes as required.

C. Special Shapes: Provide where required for lintels, jambs, control joints, headers, bonding or other special conditions. Provide bullnose profile at exposed external corners.

D. Manufacture: Cure units by carbon dioxide methods as required to limit minimum shrinkage to .065% (ASTM C-426).

E. Reinforcing and Anchorage: Provide reinforcing and anchorage as specified in Section 04150 and otherwise required.

F. Control Joints: Neoprene, Type D/A 2001 and/or D/A 2025 by Dur-0-Wal or equal. G. Grout: 3000 at 28 days (ASTM C476).

04220 - Page 1 of 3

Page 70: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

EXECUTION

PREPARATION:

A. Cooperate and coordinate with other trades to set all bolts, anchors, blocking, flashing, dampproofing, waterproofing, plumbing and electrical items as the work progresses. This Contractor will be solely responsible for removing and replacement of any portion of his work necessary to provide access to another trade because of his lack of coordination.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Lay all masonry units dry. B. Cut all masonry units as required with a motor-driven saw with a diamond tip blade.

All cuts to be smooth and uniform. C. Lay masonry units in a running bond, except where otherwise shown on the

drawings. Center head joint above unit above. D. Lay up all masonry plumb and true, with courses level, accurately spaced, and

coordinated with the work of other trades. Extend masonry wall construction to structure above where indicated. Use only full units cut to fit; broken units or chips grouted in place will be rejected. Anchor tops of all such walls with flexible anchors as detailed or as directed by the Architect.

E. Adjust units to final position while mortar is soft and plastic F. Where cells will be grouted and/or reinforced, align cells to avoid obstruction. G. Tool joints concave. Use a "sled type" joint tool at least 18" long and 3/4" in diameter

for all joints, unless otherwise shown. Where raked joints are shown, tool joint square 3/8" from face of masonry unit. Where units will receive dampproofing, insulation, waterproofing, or other material requiring such preparation, strike joints flush.

H. Lay solid masonry units will full bed and head joints. I. Lay hollow masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face

shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on foundations and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters and where adjacent cells are scheduled to be filled with concrete or grout. All joints to be 3/8" unless noted otherwise.

J. Install reinforcing and anchorage specified in Section 04150 in a timely fashion and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

K. Keep all cavity walls clean. L. Lintels: Provide reinforced concrete masonry lintels over all openings not shown to

have lintels of steel, wood, or other materials. Conform to lintel schedule on Drawings. Use special lintel blocks, reinforcing steel, sizes as shown on the drawings. Fill with grout. Minimum bearing of all lintels: 8" at each end. Provide all necessary shoring and formwork. Provide vertical reinforcing in Jambs.

M. Special Joints: Provide expansion and isolation joints where shown. Provide vertical control joints 30'-0" (max.) on center by raking joint and applying tooled caulk joint to match mortar joints (Caulking as specified in Section 07920).

N. Cells Filled with Concrete: Where shown on the drawings, or as otherwise required fill cells of masonry units with 3000 psi grout, using pea gravel aggregate

0. Where indicated on the Drawing, install neoprene control joint fillers. Weld joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Discontinue joint reinforcing at control joints. Apply sealant in accordance with Section 07920.

P. Build chases and recesses as shown and as may be required for the work of other trades. Chases shall be built-in not cut in.

04220 - Page 2 of 3

Page 71: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

Q. Built-in Work: As work progresses, and in a timely fashion, built-in items specified or otherwise indicated to be built in place. Mortar solid around built-in items, fill hollow metal frames solid with mortar. Where built-in work is to be embedded in cells of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into the core.

R. Coordinate work with building insulation to be applied to face of backup C.M.U. S. Protection of Work: During erection, cover tops of all work with a non-staining

waterproof membrane at end of each day or shutdown. Cover to extend down 24", and to be held securely in place.

T. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rake back 1/2 unit length in each course. Do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, remove loose units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.

3.3 REPAIR, POINTING & CLEANING:

A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise defective or damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units. Contractor shall exercise care in handling and laying of masonry and shall not install damaged or mismatched units, especially different textured units scheduled for pointing. Point up defective joints.

B. Cleaning: During the progress of the work, wipe off excess mortar. Dry brush at end of each day's work. Presoak masonry surfaces by saturation and flush off loose mortar and dirt. Scrub down surfaces with stiff fiber brush and a solution of 1/2 cup trisodium phosphate and 1 /2 cup household detergent dissolved in 1 gallon of water. Rinse walls by washing off cleaning solution, dirt, and mortar using clean water.

04220 - Page 3 of 3

Page 72: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 73: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Steel Joists: Section 05210 B. Steel Decking: Section 05310

SECTION 05120

STRUCTURAL STEEL

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Comply with applicable provisions of the following except as otherwise indicated: AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges"; AISC "Standard Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings"; AWS "Code for Welding in Building Construction."

B. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure."

C. Shop coat painting to be in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council 7.01. D. Conform to Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements in all respects.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit shop drawings, checked by fabricator and Contractor before submission, indicating complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly of members and details, schedules, procedures and diagrams showing sequence of erection.

B. Obtain approved shop drawings before beginning fabrication of steel members.

1.4 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES:

2.0

2.1

A. Owner may, at his expense, order observation and testing of shop welds and bolted work for conformance with specifications. Laboratory may also be ordered to make X-ray tests of completed welds.

B. Replace such work failing to conform to the above test or examination with new materials or repair, if possible, in a manner as approved by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. Costs of re-tests or re-examinations on this work will be paid by the Contractor.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Structural Steel Wide Flange and WT Shapes: ASTM A992; ASTM A572, Grade 50 is acceptable as substitute for A992.

B. Rolled Steel Plates, Misc. Steel Shapes and Bars: ASTM A-36. C. Structural Steel Pipe: ASTM A-53, Types E or S, Grade 8, or ASTM A-501. D. Structural Steel Tube: ASTM A-500, Grade 8, as applicable. E. Bolts: ASTM A-325 or as specified on the drawings. F. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A-307. G. Paint: SSPC Paint Specification No. 13 (red oxide). H. Welding: A.W.S. D1.1; as required for materials being welded.

05120 - Page 1 of 3

Page 74: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

I. Bedding Mortar (non-shrink grout): non-shrink ferrous aggregate mortar grouting compound; pre-mixed Embeco 636 or equal.

J. Additional Steel: Refer to structural plans for additional structural steel requirements in this project.

K. Galvanizing: hot dipped, G-90. L. Expansion bolts: Kwik bolts by Hilti or approved equal; galvanized.

2.2 FABRICATION:

A. Fabricate members in accordance with approved shop drawings. B. Weld or bolt shop connections, bolt field connections except as otherwise noted on

the drawings. C. Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel. D. Design connections not otherwise detailed or noted for half the total uniform load

capacity tabulated in the appropriate table of beam load tables, AISC "Manual of Steel Construction."

2.3 WELDING:

A. Comply with AWS Code of procedures, appearance and quality of welds and methods used in correcting welding work. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods which will produce true alignment of axes without warp.

B. Welds exposed to view in finish locations to be ground smoothly.

2.4 SHOP PAINTING:

A. Shop paint all steel work except surfaces to be welded, or galvanized surfaces. B. Apply paint in not less than 0.75 mil dry film thickness at any point.

2.5 ZINC: (HOT DIP GALVANIZED) COATING:

3.0

3.1

A. Where member or fabricated assemblies are shown to be galvanized, comply with ASTM A-123, for products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes. Provide minimum .90 oz./sq. ft. galvanizing coating. Galvanized after fabrication.

EXECUTION

ERECTION:

A. Comply with AISC Standard Specifications and Code of Standard practice and with specific requirements of these specifications.

B. Provide temporary shoring and shoring members as required, with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide guy lines to achieve proper alignment of the structure as erection proceeds.

C. Set structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations indicated. Align and adjust the various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Adjust to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. Level and plumb individual members of the structure within specified AISC tolerances.

D. Provide miscellaneous support angles and/or other sections required to support drywall furrings, header walls or other items indicated to extend to structure.

05120 - Page 2 of 3

Page 75: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

E. Locate and install all base plates, anchor plates and other items embedded in concrete or masonry in a timely fashion. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials. Roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean the bottom surface of base and bearing plates. Set loose and attach base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, or other adjustable devices. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Mix bedding mortar in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Pack bedding mortar solidly between bearing surfaces and bases and plates to ensure no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces and allow to cure in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions.

F. Splice members only where shown or specified. G. Do not use gas cutting torches in the field for correcting fabrication errors in structural

framing. H. After erection prime welds, abrasions and surfaces not shop primed. Use SSPC 15,

Type 1, red oxide. I. Touch up damaged galvanized surfaces with Z.R.C. cold galvanizing compound to

Architect's satisfaction.

3.1 ERECTION TOLERANCE:

A Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment: 1/4 inch.

05120 - Page 3 of 3

Page 76: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 77: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

SECTION 05210

STEEL JOISTS & GIRDERS

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK:

A. Structural Steel: Section 05120 B. Steel Decking: Section 05310

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Conform to "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists", series as indicated on the Drawings, as adopted by the Steel Joist Institute.

B. Conform to S.J.l.'s Standard Specifications and Load Test for types of joists required. C. Welding processes and operators in accordance with S.J.I. Standard Specification. D. Field welders to be qualified by tests prescribed in the American Welding Society

"Standard Qualification Procedure." E. Conform to Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements in all respects.

1.3 SUBMITTAL$:

2.0

2.1

3.0

3.1

A. Submit shop drawings indicating joists, anchorage details, bridging, bearing plates, camber, sizes and types of spacing of each joist. Indicate relation to all roof and floor openings.

B. Obtain approved shop drawings before beginning fabrication of joists.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Joists: conform to S.J.I. standards; Kand J series, size and configuration as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Bolts, nuts and washers: ASTM 307, Grade A, and ASTM 325. C. Bridging: ASTM A-36; sizes, shapes and locations as indicated on the Drawings. D. Welding Electrodes: conform to A.W .S. standards. E. Paint: SSPC 15 -Type I (Red Oxide).

EXECUTION

FABRICATION:

A. Fabricate joists in accordance with approved shop drawings. All material shall be clean and straight; sharp kinks or bends shall be cause for rejection. Provide extended joist ends, bottom chord extensions, and any other special fabrication required.

B. Clean joists of all loose mill scale, rust and foreign matter. C. Inspect joists for splits, nicks, open joint and other non-conforming conditions prior to

shop-painting. D. Apply one coat primer to all members, working into joints and other open spaces and

evenly covering all other parts. Paint to be applied in a continuous dry paint film thickness of not less than 0.75 mil. Any joists to be exposed to outside elements after installation shall receive two coats.

05210 - Page 1 of 4

Page 78: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.2 INSPECTION:

A. All joists shall be inspected and certified to meet the welding requirements outlined below. The inspector shall be an independent testing agency selected by the joist manufacturer and approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. The expense of this inspection and testing will be included in the joist bid. It shall be the responsibility of the general contractor and/or his steel joist fabrication subcontractor to insure that the steel joist fabricator has a copy of these specifications prior to the commencement of shop drawings and fabrication. It shall be the responsibility of the steel joist fabricator to furnish a copy of these specifications to the independent testing agency. Prior to approval of the testing agency by the Architect/Engineer, a letter indicating the qualifications of the testing agency and all personnel to be utilized in the inspection of the joists, a statement about the proposed techniques for inspection, and a statement about the proposed techniques for inspection, and a statement that they have read and understood these specifications, shall be submitted to the Architect/ Engineer. As well, a highly visible statement shall appear on the joist shop drawings indicating which joists are to receive special inspection by internal quality control personnel and which are to be inspected by the independent testing lab. It shall be the responsibility of the general contractor and/or his steel fabrication subcontractor to provide to the steel joist fabricator the names and addresses of the general contractor, the Architect's office, and the Structural Engineer for distribution of necessary reports. It shall also be the responsibility of the joist manufacturer to notify the testing agency as to when it is to be present at the joist plant. Efforts shall be made by the inspector to perform the required inspections without disrupting the fabricator's flow of work. However, the fabricator's desired production rate will not take precedence over the specified quality requirements and the inspector's ability to perform the necessary inspections.

B. The inspector shall make certain that only material conforming to the specifications are used in the fabrication of the order.

C. The inspector shall make certain that all welding procedures are covered by a written welding procedure specification, a copy of which shall be made available to the Architect/Engineer upon request.

D. The inspector shall permit welding to be performed only by welders and welding operators who have been previously certified and whose certifications are current.

E. When the quality of a welder or welding operator's work appears to be below the requirements of this welding specification, the inspector may require that the welder or welding operator demonstrate his ability to produce sound welds by means of a simple fillet weld-break test or by requiring complete re-qualification in accordance with the American Welding Society code requirements. The inspector shall require re-qualification of any welder or welding operator who has not used the process for which he has been qualified for a period exceeding six (6) months.

F. The inspector shall make certain that the size, length, and location of all welds conform to the requirements of the joist manufacturer's design detail drawings.

G. The inspector shall make certain that the electrodes being used in fabrication of the joists are used only in the position and with the type of welding current and polarity for which the electrodes are classified.

H. The inspector shall observe the technique and performance of each welder and welding operator at such intervals as may be required to assure that the applicable welding requirements are met.

I. The inspector shall examine all work to make certain that the work being received meets the welding requirements of Paragraph B-11 of this procedure.

J. The inspector shall mark on all parts or joints that been rejected in order that the proper repairs can be made and the piece shall be re-inspected after the repairs have been completed. If this takes place after the joist has left the production line, a distinctive mark shall be placed on the joist and a written record kept of the basis of rejection and means of repair.

05210 - Page 2 of 4

Page 79: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

K. The inspector shall keep a written record of the qualifications of all welders, welding operators, welding procedures or other tests that are made on the order and such other information as may be required.

L. The quality of all welds shall be visually inspected and a weld shall be inspected by visual inspection if the weld shows that: a. The weld has no cracks. b. Thorough fusion exists between adjacent layers of weld metal and between

weld metal and the base metal at the welded connection. c. All craters are filled to the full cross section of the weldjoint. d. All weld profiles shall be reasonably uniform. It is

recognized that all web joint welds will not have a perfect profile. However, the effective throat and penetration shall be equal to the throat required by the design drawings. Visual inspection of the welds shall be made to confirm that unequal legs, excessive convexity, or overlap conditions do not detract from the effective throat of the weld.

e. Undercutting of welds is undesirable but is acceptable if the depth of undercutting does not exceed 1/32". Welds that have undercutting in excess of 1/32" shall be repaired and reinspected.

f. Any cluster of surface porosity in the weld area is to be removed and replaced with sound weld material.

g. The surface of the shop welds shall be reasonably clean prior to inspection.

M. The inspector shall notify the manufacturer's Quality Control Department immediately of all welding discontinuities encountered in order that the necessary corrective action can be taken to correct these conditions.

N. The inspections, both in-house and independent, shall have written reports of the inspection results issued to the general contractor, the Architect/Engineer and to the structural steel supplier. In the case of in-house inspection, where multiple production lines and inspectors are involved, the reports may be issued by the quality control supervisor, provided it can be proven by the joist manufacturer to the Architect/Engineer that this supervisor is personally involved in observing the work of the line inspectors on a regular and virtually continuous basis and is personally knowledgeable of the contents, intent, and desired results of this specification. These reports shall be issued for each shift for every day the job is in production.

0. The above inspection procedures do not preclude the Architect/ Engineer or Owner from employing a separate independent testing agency for the purpose of further inspections at the job site.

3.3 ERECTION:

A. Prior to lifting and placement of joists, verify that all support members are in place and secure. All lifting shall be performed with extreme care, taking any precautionary measures necessary to avoid bends or kinks in chord members when loading, unloading, storing, or erecting joists.

B. Place joists to locations and centerings indicated on the Drawings. Adjust and align on supporting members before connection.

C. All construction loads must be distributed to columns, walls, beams or temporary bracing. Provide all temporary bracing required to support all material and vibratory loads which the structure may be subject to during erection. Such bracing shall be left in place so long as required to insure safe working conditions.

D. Install bridging immediately after joist erection as indicated on the Drawings. Provide end anchors and secure ends of all bridging Jines where terminating at walls, columns or beams. Splices to occur as indicated on approved shop drawings.

E. Field weld joists in accordance with contract documents or, if not shown, in conformity to A.I.S.C. and S.J.I. standards. Coordinate welding procedures with joist placement.

05210 - Page 3 of 4

Page 80: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

F. Cutting of web members of chord sections will not be permitted. G. Field welds, abrasions and rust deposits to be touched up with same paint as used

for shop coat, but in a different color. Remove all scale, mud and foreign materials and clean with solvent prior to touch up. This work to be accomplished by the steel erector.

H. Remove job related debris from project site.

3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCE:

A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment: 1 /4 inch.

05210 - Page 4 of 4

Page 81: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Structural Steel: Section 05120 B. Steel Joists: Section 0521 0

SECTION 05310

STEEL DECKING

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Conform to S.D.I. "Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks and Roof Decks.

B. Welding to conform to AWS 01 .1. C. Conform to manufacturer's requirements for types, locations and frequency of

welding. D. Conform to U.L. wind up lift Class 90, No. 157. E. Conform to Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements in all respects. F. Provide steel roof deck that has been evaluated by Factory Mutual System for Class

1 fire rated construction.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit layout plan showing supports, laps openings, reinforcement and installation details. Indicate finishes.

B. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificate that painted decking passes 1 DO-hour, salt spray test, Method 6061, FED-STD 141 .

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:

2.0

2.1

A. Do not bend or deform metal decking. B. Store decking off ground with one and elevated for drainage. C. Cover decking with waterproof material.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Steel roof decking: ASTM A446, Grade A with a minimum yield strength of 33 k.s.i., 1.5" rib, 22 ga (1.5822), G60 galvanized.

B. Welding materials: AWS 01.1. C. Welding electrodes: ASTM 233 of classification number suitable for positions and

conditions of intended use. D. Accessories: Provide closures and all incidental accessories as necessary for a

complete installation. E. Inert non-organic glass fiber sound absorbing balls shall be installed in rib openings

at acoustical deck.

2.2 FABRICATION:

A. Form decking sheets in lengths sufficient to span a minimum of two (2) spans continuous.

B. Fabricate decking for nested laps as per Steel Deck Institute recommendations.

05310 - Page 1 of2

Page 82: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0 EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION:

A. Check supporting members for correct layout and alignment. B. Verify that surfaces to receive roof deck are free of debris. C. Do not proceed with installation until defects are corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Install decking units in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and shop drawings.

B. Position decking units on supporting steel framework in accordance with approved shop drawings and adjust to final position with ends bearing on supporting members and accurately aligned end-to-end before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or constrict the side lap interlocks. Place deck units and square, and secure to adjacent framing without warp or deflection. Provide 2" minimum end overlaps for all decking.

C. Electrical arc weld all decking in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and approved shop drawings. Weld deck sheets immediately after alignment. A nominal 5/8" diameter puddle weld shall be used for roof deck at support fasteners. Attachment to conform to U.L. Class 90 requirements. See drawings for attachment requirements.

D. Unless otherwise indicated, reinforce deck openings in accordance with the following schedule: 1) 6" square inches or less - no reinforcing required. 2) 6"-1 O" square in size - 20 gauge flat plate screwed to deck. Center plate on

opening and secure with light fasteners minimum. 3) Larger than 1 O square inches - steel angles as indicated on the drawings.

E. Make cuts neat, square and trim. Provide sheet steel closures, where required to close openings.

F. Touch up welds and damage to surface coating after welding and prior to painting. Cold galvanizing paint shall be used.

3.3 PROTECTION:

A. Do not use deck units for storage or working platforms until permanently secured in position.

B. Assure that construction loads do not exceed carrying capacity of deck. C. Secure all decking at end of day's work.

05310 - Page 2 of 2

Page 83: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

SECTION 05500

METAL FABRICATIONS

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK:

A. Structural Steel: Section 05120 B. Steel Joists: Section 05210 C. Steel Decking: Section 0531 O

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Comply with the provisions of the following, except as otherwise indicated: AISC, "Standard Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", including the "Commentary" on the AISC Specification; AISI, "Specification for the Design of Cold-formed Steel Structural Members"; AWS, "Code for Welding in Building Construction".

B. Conform to Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements in all respects. C. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard

Qualification Procedure". D. Shop coat painting to be in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council 7.01. E. Galvanizing to be hot dipped process, unless otherwise noted. Where members as

fabricated assemblies are shown to be galvanized, comply with ASTM A-123.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

2.0

2.1

A. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of miscellaneous metal items checked by both fabricator and Contractor before submission. Submit manufacturer's data and installation instructions for prefabricated items.

B. Obtain approved shop drawings before beginning fabrication.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Structural Steel Wide Flange and WT Shapes: ASTM A992; ASTM A 527 Grade 50 is acceptable as substitute for A992.

B. Structural Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A-36. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A-53, Types E or S, Grade B, type and size as rated on the

drawings. D. Steel Plates to be bent: ASTM A-283, Grade C. E. Standard Nuts and Bolts: ASTM A-307, Grade A, regular hex head. F. Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A-500 or A-501, as applicable. G. Paint: SSPC Paint Specification No. 13 (red oxide}. H. Welding: AWS D1.1; as required for materials being welded. I. Concrete Stud Anchors: Headed, welding-type stud anchors as manufactured by

Nelson or equal.

2.2 FABRICATION:

A. Fabricate members in accordance with approved shop drawings. Where appropriate, field verify all dimensions and conditions prior to fabrication.

05500 - Page 1 of 3

Page 84: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

B. Use materials of the size and thickness shown or, if not shown, of the required sized and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in the finished product for the intended use. Work to the dimensions shown or in accordance with job measurements. Use the type of materials shown or specified for the various components of the Work.

C. Form exposed work true to the line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and sharp straight edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32". Form bent metal corners to the smallest possible corner without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work.

D. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the AWS code. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces.

E. Form exposed connections with hairline joints that are flush and smooth using concealed fasteners wherever possible.

F. Provide for anchorage of the type shown, coordinated with the supporting structure. Fabricated and space anchoring devices as shown and as required to provide adequate support of the work.

G. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as may be required to receive other items of work.

H. Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete, surfaces and edges to be field welded, or galvanized surfaces. Paint film thickness to be not less than 0.075 mil dry film thickness at any point.

I. Hot-dipped galvanized to be G90 unless indicated otherwise.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Install all miscellaneous metal items in accordance with approved shop drawings. B. Furnish items to be embedded in concrete or masonry in a timely fashion. C. Install all items plumb, level and true to line. Adjust as required prior to anchoring

permanently.

3.2 SCHEDULE:

Miscellaneous metal items listed herein are typical for this section. Refer to the drawings for additional items not listed herein:

A. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports that are not a part of the structural system and not shown on the structural drawings. Fabricate miscellaneous units in sizes, shapes and profiles as necessary to work with the structural components shown in the Drawings. Except as otherwise noted, fabricate from steel. Provide bolts, screws, and other fasteners as required to connect steel to other materials.

B. Lintel Angles (loose): hot dipped galvanized steel angles of sizes as shown on the Drawings. Provide 8" minimum bearing on each side of the opening. Refer to both architectural and structural drawings for additional information.

C. Roof ladder: Steel fabricator to engineer and submit shop drawings for Architect/Engineer approval. Ladder assembly to be hot dipped galvanized. Contractor to coordinate final location with work of other trades.

D. Mill fabricated guardrails and/or handrails to be as follows: 1) Posts, rails and other sections detailed on the drawings - carbon steel, ASTM-A-53,

Grade B, Schedule 40. 1 1/2" o.d. unless detailed otherwise on the Drawings. Hot dipped galvanized.

2) Wall Brackets - malleable iron adjustable brackets, Julius Blum & Co., No. 386 or equal. Provide with fasteners as recommended by manufacturer for the material to which the railings will be secured. Hot dip galvanized.

05500 - Page 2 of 3

Page 85: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3) Posts and wall brackets not to exceed 5'-0" o.c .. 4) Set in shelves or core drill and set in epoxy grout.

3.3 FINISHES:

A. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of units which have been hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted, fitted connections.

B. Clean all surfaces of rust and scale. Touch painted members up with red oxide primer. Treat damaged galvanized surfaces with zinc oxide.

05500 - Page 3 of 3

Page 86: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 87: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

1.2

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

QUALITY ASSURANCE:

SECTION 05510

PRE-ENGINEERED METAL WALKWAY CANOPY (ALT. NO. 2)

A. Work performed in this Section to be in strict accordance with applicable recommendations and requirements of the manufacturer/designer.

B. Design shall conform in all respects to T.D.I. windstorm requirements. All components, assemblies and cladding products have a T.D.I. product evaluation.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Shop drawings are required for this Section and shall be coordinated with shop drawings for related trades by the General Contractor.

B. Submit design calculations and Letter of Certification (signed and sealed by a registered Professional Engineer in the State of Texas) for all covering panels and anchorage related thereto.

C. Submit T.D.I. product documentation (including current T.D.I. product evaluation) for all components, assemblies and cladding products.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's labeled containers or covers with labels intact and legible. Handle materials to prevent any damage to product, container or labels.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

A. Protect adjacent materials as necessary to prevent damage. B. Area which is designated for unloading, transporting, and place of installation shall be

free of debris, equipment, and other possible causes for accident while handling items in this Section.

PRODUCTS

GENERAL:

A. Scope: The canopies to include the structural roll formed roof panels, gutters, downspouts, related hardware, fasteners, sealants and any other component parts for the metal canopy.

B. Canopy Nomenclature: Canopy "length" and "width" to be per Drawings. (Field verify).

C. Canopy Description: All material shall be new and free of defects.

05510 - Page 1 of 3

Page 88: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.2 MATERIAL:

A. Cold formed steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A445-72, (structural quality) and ASTM A525-73. All steel coil stock shall be 24" wide, Grade C (40,000 psi Minimum Yield Point) or Grade D (50,000 psi Minimum Yield Point); which ever is required for the specific size and loads. All structural steel is to be galvanized according to the requirements of ASTM A525-73, coating class G-90, unless otherwise specified as zinc-aluminum alloy galvalume.

B. Spanco Building Systems of Austin, Texas (512) 394-1500 is a pre-approved manufacturer of the pre-engineered building system specified in this section. Other system manufacturers must meet the requirements of the building system specified herein and as shown on the Plans.

C. Color: Roof panels shall have Kynar 500 fluorocarbon coated, color to be selected by Architect. The underside of canopy panels shall be off-white. All panels to be the same color. All gutters, trim, etc. to match roof panels.

2.2 DESIGN:

A. Design Criteria: 1) The standing seam roof system consists of light gage cold rolled channel

sections, roll formed into arched panels on site with all panels' full length with no overlaps. Panels will be roll form fabricated from 24" wide cold formed coil stock (24 ga "D" SOK-psi, factory prefinished galvalume (zinc/ aluminum alloy) steel, ASTM A525-73. Resulting 12" wide roof panels with 4-1/2" tall standing seam lock formed ribs will be fabricated and arched to full span and will be mechanically seamed together to form a monocoque stressed skin steel panel roof that, when assembled and installed, will behave as a self­supporting system against gravity loads, live loads, wind loads and combinations thereof. The standing seam panels will be attached to the structural steel framing using fender head screws with zinc gasket washers, one fastener per panel at each end. Attachment shall meet uplift load requirements and T.W.I.A. windstorm requirements.

2) The primary structural steel framing members and foundation footings shall be constructed in strict accordance with Drawings.

3) The canopy will have a clear span inside the columns as shown on the plans. All canopy framing members shall be sized as required by vendor's canopy engineering.

B. Design Loads: 1) The system design analysis shall meet applicable local and national codes

including windstorm. Total system analysis shall be performed by a registered structural engineer licensed to practice in the state of Texas. Submit sealed drawings for architect's structural engineer review.

2) Loads are applied as follows: a. Dead Load is the actual weight of the structure itself (2 psf typical). b. Live load is the required gravity load the structure shall support and

is specified by local building codes. For the structural design of each structure the uniform Live Load is distributed over the horizontal projection of the structure according to the provisions of the International Building Code as adapted by the City of Corpus Christi. Live Load is stated as psf (pounds per square foot).

0551 O - Page 2 of 3

Page 89: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

c. Wind Load is the load on the structure due to the effects of wind to withstand 120 mile per hour winds in a three second gust. Wind produces both a direct pressure on the windward side and uplift (suction) on the leeward side. For the structural design of this structure the Wind Load is applied to the arch according to the provisions of the Standard Building Code (current edition).

d. Uplift - applied upwardly and normally to the roof. C. Flashing, Trim & Closures:

Flashing and/or trim to be furnished at the rake, corners, eaves, at frames openings, and wherever necessary to provide weather tightness and a finish appearance. Flashing, trim and closures to be made from the same 24 ga. prefinished galvalume material as the canopy roof.

D. Accessories: 1. Eave Trim: Provide gutter with integral scuppers. Trim to cover panel ends.

Finish to match roof panels prefinished galvalume steel (same material as roofing) steel. The gutter shall be screwed to the canopy panels.

2. All bolts and fasteners to conform to specifications ASTM A-325 zinc coated.

EXECUTION

ERECTION:

A. Foundations: Foundations shall be provided as shown on Drawings. The Contractor may use either option.

B. Canopy covers use tubular framing support system with bolted columns to eave strut connections, furnished and installed by the General Contractor. Column spacing at nominal 12'-0" with columns at the bottom to 8" x 8" x 1/2" embedded steel weld plates in footings. Refer Drawings. Nominal eave overhang for roof panels is 12" off column centerline with canopy edges enclosed with "G" style galvalume gutter and scupper unless otherwise noted in design.

C. Frame Erection: All details of frame erection to be in strict conformance with requirements of "AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". This Contractor, prior to initially installation of the roof panels, shall inspect and approve the structural support system provided by the Contractor. No work may commence on the roof panels until the support system is acceptable to this Contractor.

D. This General Contractor shall furnish and install standing seam roof panels, mechanically seamed together using electric seaming machines. No screws are used to attach panels together and the only penetration through the panel surface is at the eave strut. All panels are attached on 12" centers to the structural framing at the eave strut using Dyne-coated, rust and salt resistant, 14-20 X 1-1/4" TEK 5, construction screws with neoprene gasketed zinc washers.

3.2 WARRANTIES:

A. Warrant Building System and erection for a period of five (5) years from date of shipment and warrant building accessories against defective materials and workmanship of accessory manufacturer for one (1) year. Warrant wall and roof panels for twenty (20) years against rupture, structural failure, color fade, or perforation due to exposure to normal atmospheric corrosion. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner a written 20 year warranty from the panel manufacturer with all proper authorized signatures.

05510 - Page 3 of 3

Page 90: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 91: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Concrete Formwork: Section 03100 B. Finish Carpentry and Millwork: Section 06200

SECTION 06100

ROUGH CARPENTRY

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Lumber grading rules and wood species to be in conformance with U.S. Dept. of Commerce Product Standard PS-20 for American soft-wood lumber. Grading rules of the following associations apply to materials furnished under this Section: 1) Southern Pine Inspections Bureau. 2) West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 3) Redwood Inspection Service.

B. Plywood grading rules to be in conformance with U.S. Dept. of Commerce Product Standard PS-1 for Construction and Industrial Plywood.

C. Grade Marks: Identify all lumber and plywood by official grade mark. Lumber to exhibit symbol of grading agency, mill number or name and grade of lumber. Plywood to exhibit appropriate grade trademark of American Plywood Association indicating type, grade, class and identification index and showing inspection and testing agency mark.

D. Treated Lumber and/or Plywood: Preservative treated wood products to bear AWPB LP-2 quality mark of the American Wood Preservers Bureau. Fire retardant treated wood products to have maximum Flame Spread Rating of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84 and to be U.L. listed.

E. Only new materials may be used for the work of this section. Use of salvaged materials, unless specifically indicated otherwise, is prohibited.

F. All anchors and connectors to conform to Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements.

1.3 SUBMITTALS (If requested by the Architect):

2.0

2.1

A. Submit in triplicate treatment certification from treatment plant evidencing compliance of preservative treatment and/or fire-retardant treatment where use of such wood products is required.

B. Obtain approved shop drawings before beginning fabrication. C. Provide submittals for anchors and connectors including certification by and in

conformance to windstorm requirements.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Lumber - Southern yellow pine. No. 2 grade (SPIB) for dimensioned lumber 2" thick or greater. No. 2 grade boards (SPIB) for lumber 1" to 2" thick. All lumber in contact with concrete or roofing materials to be preservative treated.

B. Plywood - C-D grade fir INT-APA with exterior glue.

06100 - Page 1 of 2

Page 92: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

C. Fasteners and Connectors - Provide all necessary fasteners and connectors, including nails, screws, threaded rods, bolts (all types), washers, framing connectors and other miscellaneous fastenings. For treated lumber or plywood, verify compatibility of fasteners and connectors. All items in exterior envelope to be hot dip galvanized.

2.2 FABRICATION:

3.0

3.1

A. Specified dimensions are nominal. Actual dimensions to conform to industry standards established by the American Lumber Standards Committee.

B. All lumber to be dressed with all four sides surfaced, unless indicated otherwise (S4S).

C. All lumber to be kiln-dried to a maximum moisture content of 15%. D. Preservative - treated lumber: pressure-treat lumber with water-borne salt

preservatives in accordance with AWPB standards and re-dry lumber to maximum moisture content of 19%.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. Verify all dimensions and conditions prior to initiation of work.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Provide grounds, nailers, blocking and sleepers where required for the attachment of other work. Cut members to shapes required. Coordinate locations, alignment, and sizes with other work and with approved shop drawings. Provide in a timely fashion.

B. Set rough carpentry accurately to required locations, levels and lines with members straight, plumb and true to line. Members to be installed in such a fashion as to minimize jointing. Shim members as required. Provide closure strips as required.

C. Install plywood with face grain across supports. Provide edge support as required. D. Secure members to substrates with anchoring devices as detailed and where not

specifically detailed as required by industry standards. In the latter case, sole responsibility for suitability of fasteners to carry associated loading shall be borne by the Contractor.

E. Fasteners and Connectors: Install all necessary fasteners and connectors in accordance with the following: 1) Bolts - Provide necessary bolt-holes. Pre-bore holes in wood to maximum

strength and rigidity. Use a bit 1/16" larger than bolt diameter required. Provide all necessary washers and nuts.

2) Screws - To be screwed not driven into place. Bore holes for lag screws to same nominal diameter and depth as shank of lag, and bore holes for threaded portion not larger than root diameter of thread. Provide washers under heads. Pre-bore holes for screws. Hole for threaded portion to be 7/8 diameter of screw at root of thread. If heads are to be counter-sunk, pre­bore a seat for head.

3) Nails - All nails to be set flush without denting face of wood. All nails exposed to view to be finished or casing nails set and filled. Penetration of nails to be 1/2 length of nail into piece receiving point. Spacing and sizing of nails to be such as to fasten work without splitting wood. Pre-bore lead holes where necessary to prevent splitting.

F. Touch up preservative-treated lumber with two-coat application of compatible preservative at sawn or cut locations.

G. Protect kiln-dried, treated, and other wood products which might be damaged by excessive humidity from same.

06100 - Page 2 of 2

Page 93: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100 B. Plastic Laminate Clad Casework: Section 06205 C. Glass and Glazing: Section 08810 D. Painting: Section 09900

SECTION 06200

FINISH CARPENTRY &MILLWORK

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Work is to be performed by personnel with extensive experience with cabinetry, finish carpentry, and wood work.

B. Perform finish carpentry work in accordance with Architectural Woodwork Institute "Quality Standards."

C. Kiln dry woodwork to 9%-12% for exterior woodwork and 6%-11 % for interior woodwork.

D. Fire-retardant treatment, where required, to conform to U.L. requirements. E. Treated lumber indicated to finish to conform to current E.P.A. requirements for

treated lumber.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit shop drawings to the Architect for shop or mill-fabricated portions of work under this section. Drawings to clearly indicate materials, construction methods including jointing and fastening, surface finishes and any special requirements.

B. Where finish carpentry and millwork are required to be fitted to existing construction, obtain job measurements and conditions and reflect same on shop drawings.

C. Submit samples of plastic laminate colors and patterns to Architect for color selection. D. When required by the Architect, submit samples 6" long x member width of woods

and plywood (6" width) specified hereinafter. Samples to be finished one face, one edge and one end.

E. Verify dimensions and clearances of sinks, lavatories and other items to be installed in millwork prior to fabrication.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to project site dry and with manufacturer's labels, grade labels or a certificate of inspection.

B. Store all materials dry, inside or under cover, and away from wet surfaces. Stack lumber large width dimension flat. Materials to be stored in a manner to allow free circulation of air around all items.

C. Handle materials in a manner to protect from damage.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Material application must be made during dry weather conditions, unless area for application is protected from all destructible weather conditions. All surfaces must be completely dry prior to application.

06200 - Page 1 of 3

Page 94: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Provide the best quality of respective grades and species Scheduled in 2.2. B. Grades specified to requirements of latest grading rules of the following associations

under whose rules the lumber was produced: 1) Southern Pine Association 2) West Coast Lumbermen's Association 3) Douglas Fir Plywood Association 4) Lumber Manufacturer's Association

C. Grading requirements: grade and trademark each piece of lumber or bundle (in bundled stock). Use only the recognized official marks of the association under whose rules it is graded.

2.2 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS:

A. Open shelving (stained or painted per drawings): Shelving spanning less than 42" to be 3/4" plywood; shelving spanning 42" to 60" to be 3/4" plywood with 2-1/2" apron edge. All exposed plywood to be edge-banded with wood edging 1/4" x 3/4", glued and nailed. All plywood to be A-B fir, AWi 200, Grade II for transparent finish; all cleats to be clear fir. Conform to AWi 600, Custom Grade. All shelf standards to be recessed, K & V #255/256 or equal.

B. Misc. Interior painted wood trim, opening frames, and all other interior painted sight­exposed wood - C and better fir.

C. Misc. Interior wood trim stained - B and better fir unless noted otherwise. D. Plastic laminate clad panels and assemblies - medium density particle board except

A-D fir plywood where plywood is indicated. Edge band all sight exposed face frames, edges and provide all necessary closures and returns. Provide balance sheets as required. Hardware to be KV #255/256.

E. Plastic laminate - NEM GP50 standard grade, .050" high pressure laminate, equal to WilsonArt Design Group 1. Finish and color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Where balance sheets are required, use .020" cabinet liner grade. P.V.C. edging to match at sight-exposed locations.

F. Decorative scrolls at statutory niches (Rm. 120)- as specified on 13/A (.3). G. Solid surfacing at statutory niches (Rm. 120) - equal to Corian; thickness and shape

as indicated on details Shi. A6.3. A single color will be utilized. Color to be selected from all available color collections.

2.3 FASTENERS & CONNECTORS:

3.0

3.1

A. Nails, bolts, and screws: Size and type to suit application. Contractor to be responsible for same. All exterior fasteners to be galvanized.

B. All fasteners and connectors in contact with treated lumber to be galvanized.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Complete building "dry-in", masonry walls, rough framing and other related work prior to installation of this work.

B. Coordinate installation with related work performed by other trades including plum bing and electrical trades.

C. Examine conditions under which this work is to be performed and note unsatisfactory conditions. Do not commence work until such deficiencies are corrected. Commencement of work will indicate acceptance of all such conditions.

06200 - Page 2 of 3

Page 95: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

D. Advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for woodwork installation areas. Do not begin installation until required conditions have been stabilized in installation areas.

E. Maintain temperature and humidity as required for duration of project.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Provide wood grounds, nailing strips, blocking and similar items whenever necessary or required for duration of project.

B. Cut pieces to fit unless specified to be shop fabricated or shop cut to exact size. Where woodwork abuts other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. As pieces are cut and fitted, visually inspect all material for checks, splits, knots, edge defects and any other deficiencies inconsistent with the requirements of these specifications. Discard and replace with satisfactory material PRIOR to placement. Stagger and miter all joints. Install material in sufficient lengths to minimize jointing. Cope moldings and miter corners, providing returns wherever required.

C. Place and secure materials true, plumb and level, shimming as required using concealed shims. Pre-drill where required to prevent splitting.

D. Distribute defects allowed in the quality grade specified to best overall visual advantage.

E. Apply plastic laminate using contact cement, under pressure to substrate. Application to be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and with NEMA LD-3-1985. Joints to be tight and flush and held to a practical minimum in number. Unless otherwise indicated, horizontal pieces shall lap vertical. Lapped edges shall be beveled and filed smooth. Bevel shall not exceed 22 degrees.

F. Finished wood work shall be dressed and sanded, free from machine tool marks, abrasions, raised grain, or other defects on surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. Blind nail where possible. Set and putty all nails in exposed surfaces. Patch and fill finish wood work to achieve a surface suitable for finishing operations.

G. Remove and replace any defective materials installed through failure to observe inspection procedure in B above. Removal and replacement to be effected regardless of whether discovery is accomplished before or after finishing operations, at no additional cost to Owner.

3.3 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. Leave work clean and free of foreign matter. Clean according to manufacturer's and finisher's recommendations.

B. Protect installed woodwork from damage until project acceptance. Repair and/or replace any items so damaged at no additional expense.

C. Adjust and clean all hardware. D. Three (3) days prior to final inspection, clean all exposed millwork and shelving.

Clean inside and out, including hardware.

06200 - Page 3 of 3

Page 96: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 97: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

QUALITY ASSURANCE:

SECTION 06205

PLASTIC LAMINATE CLAD CASEWORK

A. Perform work in accordance with Architectural Woodwork Institute "Quality Standards" for custom cabinets as a minimum requirement.

B. Conform to AWi 100-5-3 for optimum moisture content. C. All casework and shelving specified under this section shall be from one

manufacturer specializing in the manufacture of institutional casework. Said manufacturer shall possess the equipment and factory in operation necessary to provide all equipment and furnishings as specified.

1.2 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit shop drawings (Elevations minimum 3/4" = 1 '-0", Sections minimum 1-1/2" = 1'-0") to the Architect. Drawings to clearly indicate materials, construction methods including jointing and fastening, surface finishes and any special requirements.

B. Submit sample chain of plastic laminate standard colors and patterns to be selected by the Architect.

C. Submit edging samples to be selected by the Architect.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver all casework and equipment to job site and protect by necessary means against damage during handling and storage. Prior to delivery, verify moisture conditions and environment of the space. Humidity shall not exceed 70% nor lower than 40%. Contractor shall replace cabinet units damaged during the delivery.

1.4 WARRANTY:

2.0

2.1

A. Provide guarantee for all materials and workmanship provided on this section for a period of one year from date of final acceptance.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Provide the best quality of respective grades and species Scheduled in 2.2. B. Grades specified to requirements of latest grading rules of the following associations

under whose rules the lumber was produced: 1) Southern Pine Association 2) West Coast Lumbermen's Association 3) Douglas Fir Plywood Association 4) Lumber Manufacturer's Association

C. Grading requirements: grade and trademark each piece of lumber or bundle (in bundled stock). Use only the recognized official marks of the association under whose rules it is graded.

D. Kiln dry woodwork to 9%-12% for exterior woodwork and %-11 % for interior woodwork.

06205 - Page 1 of 3

Page 98: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

E. Fire retardant treatment, where required, to conform to U.L. requirements. F. All science casework shall be factory assembled and finished, ready for job site

installation by factory approved installers.

2.2 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS

3.0

3.1

A. Plywood core (at "wet" areas of millwork): 3/4" interior grade A-B Fir for all end panels, cabinet tops and bottoms, counter tops, shelves, rails, drawer fronts, and doors not exceeding 3' high or 2' wide. Plywood Core@ Cabinet Backs: 1/4" interior grade A-B Fir. Drawer Components: 5/8" thick No. 1 Birch sides and back panels; 1/4" interior grade A-B Birch plywood for drawers under 3' wide; 1/2" interior grade A-B Birch plywood for drawers 3' wide; 1 /2" interior grade A-B Birch plywood for drawers exceeding 3' wide. (No. 1 oak stock and A-B interior grade oak plywood are acceptable substitutes for birch drawer construction).

B. Particle Board Core: may be used at millwork that does not have a sink or other "wet" component.

C. Plastic Laminate: High pressure decorative laminate covering shall comply with NEMA LD-3-1985 specifications for Type I High Pressure Laminate and Federal Specification L-P-508H. Application shall be per manufacturer's recommendation and the following:

.050 thickness for base cabinet tops .

. 035 thickness for exposed ends, doors, drawer fronts, open shelves, upper cabinet tops and bottoms, exposed back and support panels . . 020 cabinet liner on all semi-exposed interior surfaces of end panels, doors, drawer fronts, interior surfaces of rails and bottoms, and shelves of cabinets with doors . . 020 backer sheet for concealed cabinet backs and bottoms.

D. Edge Banding: PVC (polyvinyl chloride) minimum 1/16" thick edge banding in color to match plastic laminate. Application shall be automatic edgebander and hot melt adhesive.

E. Hardware: Hinges: "Rockford" or equal five (5) knuckle heavy duty institutional type 2-1/2" high hinges with hospital tips. Finish to be US26D. Pulls: "Stanley" #4484 or equal solid brass 4" pulls. Finish to be US26D. Catches: "Epco" #592 of equal, triple plate double magnetic catch with 50 lb. pull. Drawer Glides: "Knape & Vogt" #8505 or equal, 150 lb./pair progressive travel full extension metal drawer glide with over travel. Shelf Standards: "Knape & Vogt" #255 recessed steel standards with #256 R supports. Countertop Grommets: 3" plastic at computer countertops and other locations as required. Haffle 429.99.342 or equal. Locks (as shown on Drawings): Timberline 5-pin tumbler assembly; elbow catches at inactive leaf (typ.) IVES IV2AM. US26D finish. Cupboard: Knape & Vogt 734 CHR (cup) and 632 CHR (rod) Hooks: Knape & Vogt 1132 ANO 1 O

EXECUTION

CONSTRUCTION:

A. Cabinets shall be constructed per details shown on plans. B. Joinery at drawer members shall be multiple dovetail or dowels not to exceed 2" on

center. C. All rails shall be doweled to cabinet ends with a minimum of 2 dowels per rail. D. Wood drawer interiors shall be finished per AWi System 2 Catalyzed Lacquer

System.

06205 - Page 2 of 3

Page 99: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.2 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. Leave work clean and free of foreign matter. Clean according to manufacturer's and finisher's recommendations.

B. Protect woodwork from damage until project acceptance. Repair and/or replace any items so damaged at no additional expense to Owner.

C. Adjust and clean hardware.

06205 - Page 3 of 3

Page 100: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 101: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100 B. Building Insulation: Section 0721 O

SECTION 07160

DAMPPROOFING, WATERPROOFING, AND FLASHINGS

C. Single Ply Roofing System: Section 07514 D. Sheet Metal Flashings & Trim: Section 07600 E. Metal Roofing: Section 07610 F. Roofing Accessories: Section 07820 G. Light Steel Framing and Gypsum Wallboard System: Section 09260

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Work is to be performed by personnel with experience in the roofing and waterproofing field.

B. Materials and application method must be system tested and approved by the latest ASTM specification for this work.

C. Contractor to verify compatibility of materials specified in this section with those specified in Section 07210, Building Insulation and with existing roof areas.

D. Conform to latest editions of and applicable sections of state and federal regulatory standards regarding worker safety including (but not limited to), 29 CFR 1926 Labor, Chapter XVII (OSHA Safety and Health Regulations), 29 CFR 1926 (OSHA regulations regarding asbestos exposure), and 29 CFR 1910 (OSHA hazardous communication regulations).

E. Conform to state and federal regulations regarding air quality and emissions, including (but not limited to) 40 CFR 61 NESHAPS and all applicable regulations and license requirements set forth by the Texas Department of Health and the Texas Air Control Board.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Furnish manufacturer's printed instructions for application of materials.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to the project site with manufacturer's labels and testing agency labels intact and legible and in unopened containers.

B. Handle with care not to damage materials, containers, or labels. C. Store all materials dry and undercover without overloading the structure. Stack rolled

materials on end.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Weather - Perform work while temperature is 40 degrees F. or above and during dry weather conditions.

07160 - Page 1 of 2

Page 102: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

3.0

3.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: A. Damp-proofing Mastic - equal to Sonneborne 700 water based fibrated emulsion,

ASTM D-1227 Type II, Class 1. B. Cavity Wall Waterproofing - equal to Grace Permabarrier 40 mil reinforced flashing

system with recommended primers and termination mastics. C. Cavity wall insulation - Refer Section 07210. D. Expansion joint covers and sheet metal fabrication: galvanized steel fabrications for

conditions required. Refer Section 07600. Mastics, Sealants and Primers - as recommended by manufacturer for substrate and conditions.

E. Fibrated Mesh - glass fiber mesh, asphalt-coated, 1.4 oz./s.y. weight (dry); ASTM D 1668. F. Applicators - brush, roller, trowel or sprayer as recommended by the manufacturer

for each particular product.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. Verify that walls are free of all dirt, dust and loose mortar before application of damp­proofing materials.

B. Do not begin installation of any item of work contained in this section until all areas to receive same are satisfactory to this Contractor.

C. Where damp-proofing or mastic will contact insulation board, flashings or other building components verify compatibility prior to installation.

3.2 PREPARATION:

A. Prime all concrete surfaces receiving asphalt mastic with a prime coat, coverage shall be per manufacturer's recommendation.

3.3 APPLICATION:

A. Seal around all masonry ties and wall penetrations at exterior cavity wall areas. Seal around thru-wall penetrations, inside and outside corners, changes in substrates, window and door openings in the exterior wall with 2" wide glass fiber tape embedded onto the masonry back-up wall with membrane waterproofing. At sheathed locations, seal all panel joints.

B. At all exterior cavity walls and as otherwise required, install a complete layer of damp proofing. Conform to manufacturer's specified rate of application for conditions.

C. Apply all materials at the rate specified by the manufacturer and as required for bedding of membrane and full uniform coverage.

D. Install cavity wall waterproofing at all penetrations, joints and locations where dissimilar materials abut!.

3.5 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. Leave work clean and free of foreign matter.

3.6 INSPECT:

A. Request inspection from Architect of this work as it is initiated. Make corrections and repairs prior to proceeding with work.

B. Remove all debris related to this work from job site daily.

07160 - Page 2 of 2

Page 103: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Masonry Accessories: Section 04150 B. Roofing Insulation: Section 07513

SECTION 07210

BUILDING INSULATION

C. Light Steel Framing and Gypsum Wallboard Systems: Section 09260

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Approved manufacturer's specifications and recommendations are hereby made a part of this specification.

B. Provide materials with thermal resistances listed, tested in accordance with ASTM C-518. C. Provide materials with water vapor transmission characteristics as specified, tested in

accordance with ASTM 96. D. Acoustical insulation to conform to S.T.C. as specified, and tested in accordance with

ASTM E-413. E. Conform to ASTM E-84 for flame spreads indicated. F. Contractor to verify compatibility of materials specified in this section with those

specified in Section 07160, Bituminous Damp-proofing & Waterproofing. G. Conform to latest editions of and applicable sections of state and federal regulatory

standards regarding worker safety including (but not limited to), 29 CFR 1926 Labor, Chapter XVII (OSHA Safety & Health Regulations), 29 CFR 1926 (OSHA regulations regarding asbestos exposure), and 29 CFR 1910 (OSHA hazardous communication regulations).

H. Conform to state and federal regulations regarding air quality and emissions, including (but not limited to) 40 CFR 61 NESHAPS and applicable regulations and license requirements set forth by the Texas Department of Health and the Texas Air Control Board.

I. Conform to IECC 2015, Section C402.1.3 for continuous application.

1.3 SUBMITIALS:

A. Submit letter of product proposal clearly identifying manufacturer's name, brand name, "R" value, and material composition for each insulation type.

B. Provide manufacturer's literature for installation, handling and storing of materials.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

2.0

2.1

A. Deliver materials to the project site in manufacturer's original packaging, clearly identifying manufacturer, contents, brand name, applicable standard, and "R" value.

B. Store materials off ground and protect against weather, sunlight, condensation, and damage. Immediately remove damaged material from site.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Cavity Wall Insulation: 1" extruded polystyrene insulation - square edge board size as required to match tie coursing. Insulation to provide min. R-value of 5.7, continuous.

07210 - Page 1 of 3

Page 104: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

B. Interior Wall Drywall Insulation and above suspended gypsum board ceilings: fiberglass insulation, un-faced, nominal 4" thick with R rating of 11. Conform to ASTM E-84, flame spread 10 and to requirements of ASTM E-136 for non­combustible rating.

C. Above Ceiling Insulation: fiberglass insulation, Kraft paper-faced, 6" thick, with an "R" rating of 19. Conform to ASTM E-84, flame spread 10 and to requirements of ASTM E-136 for non-combustible rating. Refer wall sections and Execution section, Paragraph 3.2.B below for locations.

D. Safing Insulation: 4.0 lb. density U.S. Gypsum Thermafiber or equal. Conform to ASTM E-84, flame spread 25 or less and to requirements of ASTM E-136 for non­combustible rating.

E. Fasteners, Adhesives: Provide all chips, impaling clips, retainers, adhesives, tapes, sealants and other miscellaneous accessories as may be required for a complete installation for each type of insulation to be installed, in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS:

3.0

3.1

A. In addition to any manufacturer whose materials and/or products are identified by brand name or number within the text of this Section as the basis for minimum required quality, equivalent materials and/or products of the following manufacturer's will be acceptable. All others will require prior approval. (1) Owens-Corning (2) Manville (3) Certain Teed (4) Atlas

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Examine work of other trades to insure that conditions are satisfactory for the proper installation of all items included in this section. Verify that surfaces to receive board insulation are smooth, dry and free from irregularities. Do not proceed with installation until deficiencies are correct.

B. Examine all materials for surface or edge damage, for ruptures to integral vapor barriers and for any other defects. Discard any defective pieces.

3.2 APPLICATION:

A. Install insulation over continuous substrates, supporting as required. Install with care to insure integral barrier is continuous over entire surface. Fit insulation carefully around electrical boxes and conduit, blocking, channel stiffeners, bracing or other elements inside the stud plane. Work shall be coordinated with other trades to insure proper and timely installation.

B. At exterior walls and parapets (both sides), place insulation board continuously between ties with long edge horizontal and edges and ends neatly butted. Fasten to masonry backup per manufacturer's recommendation.

C. At all interior drywall partitions, install insulation full height of partition. At any drywall backed exterior cavity wall, install insulation full height to structure.

D. Provide safing insulation at all penetrations in all walls, partitions and ceiling assemblies and at all floor penetrations and spandrel passages whether fire-rated or not.

E. Install 48" wide continuous container strips of insulation over tops of all interior partitions (above ceiling) between classrooms.

07210 - Page 2 of 3

Page 105: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.3 COVER-UP & CLEAN-UP:

A. Request and receive Architect's inspection of insulated areas prior to cover-up. Correct deficiencies noted prior to cover-up. Protect vapor barriers prior to cover-up and repair or replace as required. Replace torn, loose or otherwise damaged insulation prior to inspection.

B. Remove all debris and unused material.

07210 - Page 3 of 3

Page 106: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 107: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

SECTION 07514

SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM

A. Dampproofing, Waterproofing and Flashing: Section 07160 B. Sheetmetal Flashings & Trim: Section 07600 C. Metal Roofing: Section 0761 O D. Roof Accessories: Section 07820 E. Drain, vent, and other flashings furnished by other trades for installation as part of

this work.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. All waterproofing, roofing, flashing materials and other materials shall be of standard manufacture and shall conform to the applicable designations of the ASTM Specifications.

B. Perform this work with personnel having extensive experience in the roofing trade, and approved by the roofing materials manufacturer for the application of such work.

C. Conform to latest editions of and applicable sections of state and federal regulatory standards regarding work safety, including (but not limited to) 29 CFR 1926 Labor, Chapter XVII (OSHA Safety and Health Regulations), 29 CFR 1926 (OSHA regulations regarding asbestos exposure) and 29 CFR 1910 (OSHA hazardous communication regulations).

D. Conform to state and federal regulations regarding air quality and emissions, including (but not limited to) 40 CFR 61 NESHAPS and all applicable regulations and license requirements set forth by the Texas Department of Health and the Texas Air Control Board.

E. Work shall conform to FM-1-90 Wind Uplift Resistance and Class A Fire Hazard Classification and FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets, Sections 1-28 and 1-49, applicable wind zone

F. Conform to all requirements set forth by the Texas Department of Insurance & Texas Windstorm Insurance Associates (T.W.I.A.). All parts of the roofing system shall be certified, tested and approved by T.W.I.A.

G. Conform to applicable requirements of N.R.C.A. "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" (latest edition).

H. Materials Manufacturer: 1) The materials manufacturer shall submit certification with reference to this

project, stating that an authorized representative has reviewed the project Specifications, Drawings, and job conditions, will issue the specified roofing system guarantee upon final acceptance of the completed roofing system and will inspect on going work no less than two times per week.

2) The materials manufacturer shall submit a list of at least ten (10) completed jobs located in the Texas area where the specified roofing system has been installed and in service for at least five (5) years.

3) The materials manufacturer shall provide technical assistance and inspection services of at least two times per week as required to insure that the installation is completed in strict accordance with manufacturer's requirements and regulations. Field reports shall be delivered to the Owner and to the Architect.

I. Conform to requirements of IECC 2015, Section C402.3.

07514- Page 1 of 3

Page 108: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Provide letter of certification from manufacturer referenced to in this project that the roofing installer is a current, approved applicator for the roofing system submitted.

B. Submit product data for membrane and base flashing materials, for insulation board and for other components of the roofing system hereafter specified.

C. Submit manufacturer's inspection and service guarantee for the Owner's consideration. D. Provide manufacturer's certification that proposed roof assembly will conform to

Class A Fire Hazard Classification. E. Provide T.W.I.A. certification documentation for all parts of the roofing system.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to the project site dry and free of moisture damage with manufacturer's labels and testing agency labels intact and legible. Any materials becoming wet or damaged will be rejected, removed and replaced at no additional expense to the Owner.

B. Handle materials with care to prevent damage to materials, labels or containers. C. Store all materials dry, inside vans or warehouse. Stack rolled materials on end. D. All methods and means of storage of materials and equipment are to be effected in

such a manner as to prevent spontaneous combustion.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Apply these materials during dry weather conditions with all surfaces to receive roofing work being dried completely prior to application.

B. Locate and handle kettles and hot bituminous material to prevent possibility of persons at or near the job site being exposed to fumes or burned by hot materials.

C. Protect finish surfaces adjacent to this work to avoid damage. Stained surfaces to be cleaned or replaced.

D. Do not overload structure with materials. E. Keep job site clean of roofing material debris. Do not let loose building material blow

around job site.

1.6 GUARANTEE:

2.0

2.1

A. Provide a two (2) year written guarantee of materials and workmanship for the roofing work including flashings, insulations and built-up roofing systems. Replace defective work or materials at no cost to the Owner for two (2) years from the date of written acceptance of this work.

B. Insulation and interior finish materials damaged due to defective materials or workmanship shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner during the term of this guarantee.

C. Provide manufacturer's twenty (20) year No Dollar Limit written warranty. Coverage shall include, but not necessarily limited to: Insulation, new metal terminations, flashings and roof membrane. Wind speed coverage of up to and including 73 miles per hour must be included. Labor and material shall also be included in the warranty.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS: (complete roof assembly)

A. Roofing System: 60 mil thick PVC single-ply roof covering system with a 35 ounce per square yard, weft-inserted, polyester-base fiber mat laminated with a thermoplastic film. Roof covering to be white. Roof covering shall be supplied in 64" wide rolls, which are fabricated into one-piece membrane sheets up to a maximum

07514- Page 2 of 3

Page 109: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

size of 3000 square feet. B. Rigid Insulation: polyisocyanurate rigid thermal insulation with a min. R value of 5. 7

per inch. Provide in a minimum 4.5" thickness. Provide matching additional tapered insulation as required to provide a minimum slope of 1/4" per foot to roof drains or as otherwise required.

C. Barrier Layer and Separator Sheets: provide a barrier layer and separator sheets as recommended by roofing system manufacturer.

D. Cants: as recommended by manufacturer. E. Mechanical Fasteners: Equal to JM PVC RhinoBond Fastening System. Fastening

system must be acceptable to and approved by roofing manufacturer. System to be complete in all respects, including corrosion-resistant high load fasteners and stress plates. Length as required for thickness of insulation. All fasteners and fastening patterns shall conform to FM Loss Prevention Data sheets, Section 1-28, Wind Zone, Inland II and to requirements ofT.W.I.A.

F. Parapet/Base Flashing: as recommended by roofing system manufacturer for compliance with field conditions and roofing system that is used.

G. Metal (wherever required by roofing manufacturer) equal to JM PVC coated (20 mil) laminated to 24 gauge galvanized steel unless noted otherwise. Color as selected by Architect. All other sheet metal as specified in Section 07600.

H. Adhesives: approved solvent and water based adhesives as approved by the roofing system manufacturer for each application. Adhesives shall not be thinned.

I. Accessories: provide all necessary accessories including (but not limited to) termination bars, stress plates, flashings, roof jacks as recommended by the manufacturer.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. This Contractor shall carefully examine all surfaces and conditions prepared for the application of the single-ply roofing system, insulation and flashing, point out all defects and see that necessary corrections are made before proceeding with his work. Application of any work, under this contract, will be considered as evidence of acceptance of the installation and its approval by this Contractor.

B. Do not install membranes over damp substances or over any surface whose moisture content exceeds manufacturer's recommendation.

C. Verify that expansion joints, block-outs, vents, nailers, pipes, sleeves and other roof penetrations by this Contractor, as well as those of other trades, are securely anchored, in place and ready to receive the roofing assembly.

3.2 PREPARATION:

A. Protect building surfaces from roofing work at all times. B. Verify that hydrostatic test of roof drain piping has been performed and that pipes are

leak-tight per Mechanical Specs.

3.3 APPLICATION:

A. Apply covering boards, insulation and roof covering membrane as per roofing system manufacturer printed instructions for installation over metal deck roof areas via mechanical fasteners.

3.4 CLEANING:

A. Remove foreign materials from the roof and clean roofing materials damage off adjacent surfaces.

07514- Page 3 of 3

Page 110: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 111: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

SECTION 07600

SHEET METAL FLASHINGS & TRIM

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Single Ply Roofing System: Section 07514 B. Metal Roofing: Section 07610 C. Flashing furnished by mechanical and electrical trades for installation as a part of this

work.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Work is to be done by personnel experienced in the roofing trade B. Materials and application techniques to manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Provide protection between dissimilar materials where required. D. Conform to Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements in all respects.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit shop drawings indicating shapes, size, fastener requirements, and jointing locations and methods

B. Submit catalogue information for any manufactured items.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to the project site dry and free of moisture damage with manufacturer's labels intact and legible.

B. Handle materials with care to prevent damage to materials, labels or containers. C. Store all materials dry, inside or under cover. Store pre-finished and/or pre-shaped

materials to prevent bending or distortion and to protect finish from staining, abrasion or damage.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Work is to be done in dry weather when the temperature is above 40 degrees F.

1.6 GUARANTEE:

2.0

2.1

A. This work is to be included in the inspection and service guarantee included in Section 07514, Single Ply Membrane Roofing System.

B. Guarantee flashings in conjunction with roofing work guarantee.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Sheet Metal Parapet Cap, Fascia, Exposed Flashings and Step Flashings, Expansion Joint Covers, Roof Gutters and Downspouts, Rain Diverters and Drips - unless indicated otherwise, 24 gauge cold rolled galvanized iron in profiles as shown on Drawings. When necessary, match existing profiles. Finish to be Kynar 500. Provide 2-piece fasteners on each side of the parapet caps. Make each section in longest lengths possible. Provide p.v.c. coated metal as where required by the single

07600 - Page 1 of 2

Page 112: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

ply roofing manufacture - refer Section 07514. B. Cold Adhesive - Bituminous plastic, Federal Specification SS-C-153. C. Fasteners to be fabricated from metals to those they are anchoring and of the proper

type to assure solid anchorage of each type of application. Gauges to be as indicated on the Drawings, or where not indicated, of the same gauge as sheet material.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. Verify that all roofing, decking and wall surfaces are clean and in proper condition to receive flashing.

3.2 PREPARATION:

A. Prime surfaces as required by product manufacturer and as necessary to prevent contact between dissimilar metals.

B. Maintain rolled materials at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F. for 24 hours prior to use.

3.3 FABRICATION:

A. Fabricate sections true to shape, free from distortions or defects. Fabricate cleats, and other fasteners in continuous lengths unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. All sheet metal work shall be so fabricated to provide complete water tightness.

B. All parapet caps, expansion joint covers, flashing and trim fabrications to allow for 6" stretch-out minimum over adjacent surface.

C. On runs in excess of 40'-0", provide expansion joints which shall consist of a loose joint filled with asphalt mastic. Joints in base flashing shall be double locked and soldered. Making joints in metal flashing, unless otherwise shown on Drawings or specified, joints/seams shall conform to the following requirements: 1) Compound - filled expansion joints shall finish not less than 1/2" wide. 2) Soldered flat lock seams shall finish not less than 5/8" wide.

3.4 INSTALLATION:

A. Install all fabricated sheet metal flashing, counter flashings, gutters, downspouts, reglets, and any other detailed items in strict accordance with approved shop drawings and as required for a watertight installation. Securely anchor all items using non-exposed fasteners where possible. All installed work to be true to line and watertight.

B. Downspouts shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings. Downspouts shall be strap anchored at 5'0" intervals (max.). All joints in gutter and downspout to be sealed.

3.4 REPAIR & CLEANING:

A. Remove foreign materials from the roof and clean roofing material damage off adjacent surfaces.

07600 - Page 2 of 2

Page 113: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Structural Steel: Section 05120 B. Sheet Metal Flashings & Trim: Section 07600. C. Light Steel Framing: Section 09260

SECTION 07610

METAL ROOFING

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Work is to be done by personnel experienced in the roofing trade. B. Materials and application techniques to manufacturers printed instructions. C. Provide protection between dissimilar materials where required. D. Conform to ASTM # 1514-93 "Standard Specifications for Structural Standing Seam

Steel Roof Panel System". E. Work shall conform to FM-1-90 Wind Uplift Resistance and Class A Fire Hazard

Classification and FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets, Sections 1-28 and 1-49, for applicable wind zone.

F. Conform to all requirements set forth by the Texas Department of Insurance & Texas Windstorm Insurance Associates (T.W.1.A.}, including attachments.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit shop drawings indicating shapes, size, fastener requirements, and jointing locations and methods.

B. Submit catalogue information for any manufactured items. C. Provide documentation of system certification by T.W .I.A. for windstorm.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to the project site dry and free of moisture damage with manufacturer's labels intact and legible.

B. Handle materials with care to prevent damage to materials, labels or containers. C. Store all materials dry, inside or under cover. Store pre-finished and/or pre-shaped

materials to prevent bending or distortion and to protect finish from staining, abrasion or damage.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Work is to be done in dry weather when the temperature is above 40 degrees F.

1.6 GUARANTEE:

A. Provide a written manufacturer's standard 20 year warrantee for panel finish and performance. Provide a written two (2) year guarantee from the panel installer against all defects in workmanship, installation, water tightness and performance of the roofing and soffit panels.

B. Guarantee flashings in conjunction with metal panel guarantee.

07610 - Page 1 of 3

Page 114: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

3.0

3.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Metal roofing system shall be equal to MBCI vertical leg "Lokseam" structural standing seam 16" wide panels with a U.L. fire resistance rating and UL90 uplift rating, with 1 3/4" high vertical seam. Each panel shall be 16" wide, 24 ga. Steel, in longest lengths possible, fabricated from ASTM A525-G90 Grade D structural strength metal, prefinished galvalume with a Kynar 500 coating. One to be used for all metal roofing. Panels to have seams that are 1 3/4" high after attachment of manufacturer's standard snap on seam caps and tee clips. Trim and flashings shall have the same finish and color as the roofing panels. Provide a 20-year warrantee for the roof panel system and finish. Panel texture shall be smooth.

B. Metal roof underlayment: to be equal to Grace Construction products membrane "Ice and Water Shield" with a rubberized asphalt surface backed with a foldless release paper that is removed during installation to allow for the rubberized asphalt membrane to be self-adhered to the roofing deck underlayment board. The substrate is to be applied over the entire underlayment, including hips, ridges, valleys and flat planes.

C. Light gauge steel framing, anchors, clips and misc. blocking to be by the Contractor, in shapes and sizes as per plan details, installed ready to receive the plywood decking and roofing panels at the metal roof area. Refer Section 09260.

D. Metal Roofing Plywood Decking: 3/4" thick CDX exterior grade plywood, screw applied to substructure. Refer Section 09260.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. Verify that all structural framing and adjacent surfaces are clean and in proper condition to receive the metal roofing and soffit panel systems.

3.2 FABRICATION:

A. Fabricate panel sections true to shape, free from distortions or defects. Fabricate cleats and other fasteners in continuous length unless otherwise recommended by the metal roofing, wall and soffit panel system manufacturer. All metal roofing and soffit panels shall be so fabricated to provide complete water-tightness.

B. All flashing and trim fabrications to allow for 6" stretch-out minimum over adjacent surface.

3.3 INSTALLATION:

A. Install all fabricated metal roofing panels, soffit panels, metal flashing, counter flashings, gutters, downspouts, reglets, and any other detailed items in strict accordance with approved shop drawings. Securely anchor all items using non­exposed fasteners where possible. All installed work to be true to line and watertight.

B. At the metal roofing panel areas, install the plywood base layers to the structural framing via mechanical fastening conforming to windstorm certification. Cover the plywood substrate with the Grace "Ice and Water Shield" self-adhering membrane as per manufacturer's written instructions.

07610 - Page 2 of 3

Page 115: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

C. Install the metal roofing panels with concealed fasteners as per manufacturer's written specifications. Provide eave flashing, drip flashing, counter flashing, parapet caps, fascia, gutter and scuppers as per plan details and as per manufacturer's recommendations for a complete watertight installation, using system manufacturer's standard components.

D. Install stainless steel screws and anchors at all treated plywood and treated wood anchorage locations.

3.4 REPAIR & CLEANING:

A. Remove foreign materials from the metal roofing and soffit panels and clean panel material damage off adjacent surfaces.

B. Remove related debris from the job site and leave the installation clean and ready for acceptance by the Owner.

07610-Page 3 of3

Page 116: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 117: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

SECTION 07620

UNDER-SLAB VAPOR BARRIER

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK:

A. Cast-in-Place Concrete: Section 03300 B. Void Forms: Section 03164

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM E 17 45-09 Standard specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders

Used in contact with soil or Granular fill Under Concrete slabs 2. ASTM E 154-88 (2005) Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders

Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs. 3. ASTM E 96-95 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of

Materials 4. ASTM E 1643-09 Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders

Used in contact with Earth or Granular fill Under Concrete slabs B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)

1. ACI 302.2R-06 Vapor Barrier Component (plastic membrane) is not less than 10 mils thick

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

2.0

2.1

A. Full set of test results as per paragraph 8.3 of ASTM E 1745 B. Manufacturer's samples, literature C. Manufacturer's installation instructions for placement, seaming and pipe boot installation

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Vapor Barrier System 1. Vapor Barrier membrane must have the following properties:

a) Permeance as tested after mandatory conditioning (ASTM E 1745 paragraphs 7.1.2-5): less than 0.01 Perms [grains/(ft2 *hr• in.Hg)]

b) Other performance criteria 1) Strength: ASTM E 1745 Class A 2) thickness: 15mils minimum

c) Basis of Design: Stego Wrap 15mil Vapor Barrier by Stego LLC, (949) 257-4100, San Clemente, CA.

d) Other Acceptable Vapor Barrier Products: 1) Vapor Guard by Griffolyn 2) Zero-Perm by Alumiseal

2.2 ACCESSORIES:

A. Seam Tape 1. Tape must have the following qualities:

a) Water Vapor Transmission Rate: ASTM E96; 0.3 perms or lower

07620 - Page 1 of 2

Page 118: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2. Seam Tape a) Stego Tape by Stego Industries LLC b) Vapor Proofing Mastic

B. Vapor Proofing Mastic 1. Mastic must have the following qualities:

a) Water Vapor Transmission Rate: ASTM E96; 0.3 perms or lower 2. Mastic

a) Stego Mastic by Stego Industries LLC C. Pipe Boots

1. Construct pipe boots form vapor barrier material, pressure sensitive tape and/or mastic per manufacturer's instructions.

3.0 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Level and adjust all void forms. Refer Section 03164. B. Install hardboard cover sheets per Section 03164

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install vapor barrier/retarder: 1. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E 1643-09.

a) Unroll Vapor Barrier/Retarder with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour.

b) Lap Vapor Barrier/Retarder over footings or seal to foundation walls. c) Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's tape. d) Seal all penetrations (including pipes) per manufacturer's

instructions. e) No penetration of the vapor barrier/retarder is allowed except for

reinforcing steel and permanent utilities. f) Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor

Barrier/Retarder, overlapping damaged area 6 inches and taping all four sides with tape.

07620 - Page 2 of 2

Page 119: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100 B. Single Ply Roofing System: Section 07514

SECTION 07820

ROOFING ACCESSORIES

C. Roof curbs, flashing and other roof related items furnished by trades for installation as a part of this work.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Work is to be done by personnel experienced in these trades. B. Furnish and install this work in accordance with manufacturer's printed requirements

and recommendations. Materials and application techniques per manufacturers printed instructions.

C. Coordinate with work of other trades. D. All accessories to be certified, tested and approved by T.W.I.A.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit manufacturer's data and catalog information. B. Submit shop drawings indicating shapes, size, fastener requirements, and jointing

locations and methods. C. Where required, submit color selection charts. Unless otherwise indicated, all

required color selections shall be made by Architect from manufacturer's standard range of colors.

D. Provide documentation of certification by T.W.1.A. for windstorm application.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to the project site dry and free of moisture damage with manufacturer's labels intact and legible.

B. Handle materials with care to present damage to materials, labels, or containers. C. Store all materials dry, inside or under cover. Store prefinished and/or preshaped

materials to prevent bending or distortion and to protect finish from staining, abrasion or damage.

D. Protect work of other trades.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Work is to be done in dry weather when the temperature is above 40 degrees F.

1.6 GUARANTEE:

A. Provide manufacturer's standard warranty for each scheduled item.

07820 - Page 1 of 3

Page 120: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERS:

A. It is not the intent of these specifications to limit materials to the product of any particular manufacturer. Materials, equipment and/or fixtures have been specified by name, manufacturer or catalog number, to define the required quality, application, physical conformity and characteristics. It is not the intention to discriminate against any supplier or manufacturer from furnishing materials or products which meet or exceed the characteristics of the specified items. All substitutes will require Architect's approval. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any changes in other work required by such substitutions and shall bear all costs for same.

2.2 SCHEDULE:

3.0

3.1

A. Miscellaneous Roof Accessories - furnish and install all necessary components and accessories in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. This shall include (but are not limited to): flashings, pipe and stock flashings, curbs, cants, term bars, roof drain strainers and pans, drain boots, and others as may be required.

B. Roof Hatch: provide and install one (1) Bilco or equal "Type E-50 36" x 36" roof hatch with 11 gauge aluminum construction. The cover shall be break-formed, hollow metal design with 1" concealed fiberglass insulation 3" beaded overlapping flange, fully welded at the corners, and internally reinforced for 40 psf live load. The curb shall be 12" in height with integral cap flashing 1" fiberboard insulation, fully welded at the corners, and 3-1/2" mounting flange with 7/16" holes provided for anchoring flange to deck. Hatch shall have an extruded EPDM rubber gasket permanently adhered to the cover. Hinges shall be heavy duty pintle hinges with 3/8" type 316 stainless steel hinge pins. Latch shall be an enclosed two point spring latch with interior and exterior turn handles and padlock hasps. Lift assistance shall consist to compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes. Provide an automatic hold-open arm with grip handle release. Aluminum finish of hatch shall be mill finish. Include ladder up safety post Bilco LU-2 (steel/hot dipped galvanized).

C. Roof Hatch Safety Railing: install at the new roof hatch an OSHA approved safety railing system equal to Bilco "Bil-guard Hatch Rail Systyem", with non-penetrating attachment, standard self-closing gate, with posts and rails in fire-resistant fiberglass reinforced polymer (FRP) material with molded-in safety yellow coloring.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Coordinate with work of other trades. Verify that other trades are prepared to receive each item before proceeding.

B. Verify that accessories may be installed in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. Examine roof work, openings and other job related conditions which might adversely affect the completed accessory installation. Do not proceed with installation until all conditions are acceptable.

07820 - Page 2 of 3

Page 121: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. The various roof accessories shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, approved shop drawings, and as specified relative to the work of other trades.

B. In all cases, separate dissimilar materials with bituminous coating or other permanent separation recommended by the manufacturer.

C. Coordinate all aspects of installation with roofing. All completed installations to be watertight. D. Anchorage to be per manufacturer's recommendation and for T.W.I.A. anchorage for

tested system, whichever is greater.

07820 - Page 3 of 3

Page 122: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 123: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Single Ply Roofing System: Section 07514 B. Metal Roofing: Section 07610 C. Hollow Metal Frames: Section 0811 O D. Aluminum Storefront and Entrances: Section 0841 O E. Glass and Glazing: Section 0881 O F. Mechanical and Electrical: Division 15 & 16

SECTION 07920

CAULKING & SEALANTS

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Apply all materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications and recommendations.

B. Perform this work only with personnel with a minimum of 3 years successful experience in the application of the types of materials required.

C. Seal all envelopes penetrations to conform with air leakage requirements of I ECC 2015.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit manufacturer's product data on each material type proposed. B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for each material type proposed. C. Submit color samples of each type of material, for color selection by Architect.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver handled store materials in unopened containers with labels intact and legible. All materials shall be new.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are below or above the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper cure and development of high early bond strength.

1.6 WARRANTY:

A. Submit a written warranty, agreeing to replace sealants which fail within five (5) years from date of completion of the project to perform as airtight and watertight joints; or fail in adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, stain resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance or general durability.

07920 - Page 1 of 3

Page 124: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

3.0

3.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. General: 1) Colors. Provide manufacturer's standard colors as selected by Architect for

all exposed materials. 2) Compatibility. Before purchase of each specified sealant, conform its

compatibility with the joint surfaces, joint fillers and other materials in the joint system. Provide only materials known to be fully compatible with the actual installation conditions as shown by manufacturer's published data or certification.

B. Caulking Compound: Provide caulking compound where indicated on the Drawings and at concealed interior joints; bedding for interior and exterior metal thresholds, saddle, sills; around panels piping, pipe sleeves, etc. and at all similar conditions whether detailed or not. Caulking for these conditions to be non-sag, one-part polymerized butyl rubber compound, equal to Pecora BC-158 (Federal Specification TI-S-1657, Type 1). Gun grade consistency.

C. Caulking Compound: Provide caulking compound where indicated on the Drawings and at sight exposed defects and cracks related to finishing; sight exposed joints and recesses between metal frames and concrete surfaces and between other dissimilar materials; and at all other similar conditions whether detailed to or not. Caulking for these conditions to be non-sag, one-par terapolymer acrylic base compound equal to Pecora 60+ Unicrylic (Federal Specification TI-S-230). Gun grade consistency.

D. Sealant: Provide sealant where indicated on the Drawings and at exterior joints in masonry, stone and stucco walls; perimeters of openings; and wherever else required for weather tight installation, whether detailed or not. Sealant for these conditions to be non-sag, multi-component, epoxidized polyurethane sealing compound, equal to Tremco Dymeric 240 or Dymeric 240FC fast curing sealing compound (Federal Specification TI-S-00227E, Class A, Type II). Gun grade consistency.

E. Silicone Sealant: Provide sealant where indicated on the Drawings. Silicone sealant to be equal to Dow-Corning 795 (Federal Specification TI-S-001543A, Class A and TI -S-00230C, Class A).

F. Cleaners, Primers/Sealers: Types as recommended by sealant manufacturers. G. Backer Rods: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, butyl rubber foam or

neoprene foam, compatible with type of sealant provided. Provide size and shape which will control the joint depth for sealant placement, break bond of sealant at the bottom of joint, form optimum shape of sealant bead on back side and provide a highly compressible backer to minimize the possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed.

H. Bond Breaker Tape: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by manufacturer.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Installer must examine joint surfaces, backing and anchorage of units forming sealant rabbet and the conditions under the sealant work is to be performed. Notify the Architect of conditions detrimental to the proper performance of the sealants. Do not proceed with the sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. Commencement of sealant work implies acceptance of substrate.

3.2 JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION:

07920 - Page 2 of 3

Page 125: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture or other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant. Blow or vacuum out loose particles.

3.3 INSTALLATION:

A. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions except where otherwise noted or specified.

B. Apply primer to surfaces as required by manufacturer of compound for each particular joint.

C. Install backer rods where required to control joint depth for proper sealant placement. Verify compatibility of backer rod material with compound to be used. Where backer rods cannot be installed or are not otherwise required, install bond breaker tape at the backs of joints. Install backer rods and/or bond breaker tape in a smooth uniform manner, without twisting or stretching or otherwise deforming.

D. Employ only manufacturer-approved installation techniques which will ensure that sealants are deposited in uniform continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets with complete "wetting" of the joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, tool sealant to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjacent surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface, tool joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt.

E. Install sealant to depths as shown, or if not shown, fill joints to a depth range of 75 percent to 125 percent of joint width.

F. Do not allow sealants to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces including rough textures. Use masking tape or other precautionary devices to prevent staining of adjoining surfaces by sealants.

3.4 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. Remove excess and spillage of sealants promptly as the work progresses. Clean the adjoining surfaces without damage to surfaces or finishes. Cleaning agent shall be as recommended by manufacturer.

3.5 CURE & PROTECTION:

A. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to obtain high early bond strength, early cohesive strength and surface durability.

B. The installer shall advise the Contractor of procedures for curing and protection of sealants during the construction period.

07920 - Page 3 of 3

Page 126: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 127: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Hollow Metal Frames: Section 08110 B. Finish Hardware: Section 08710 C. Glass and Glazing: Section 08810

SECTION 08100

HOLLOW METAL DOORS

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Provide hollow metal work comply with NAAMM Standard CHM-1-74 and with the latest edition of Steel Door lnstitute's "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDl-100).

B. When so scheduled, provide fire-rated hollow doors work as shown on the drawings. Identify each door with the appropriate U.L. labels, indicating the fire-rating. Construct and install assemblies to comply with N.F.P.A. 80.

C. Conform to IECC 2015 air leakage requirements for assemblies. D. All exterior applications shall be supplied as a certified, tested and approved

packaged system that meets Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A} requirements. Packaged systems shall include (but are not limited to) door(s), frame and hardware. Coordinate in all respects and provide hardware that has been tested with hollow metal door and hardware manufacturers.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of hollow metal doors. Include elevations of door design types, details of construction, and details of joints and connections. Show all accessory items and indicate glazing types. Provide a schedule of doors using same reference numbers for details and openings as those of the Drawings.

B. Obtain tern plates of approved hardware from hardware supplier and incorporate requirements into submittals by indicating the location and installation requirements offinish hardware and reinforcements.

C. Provide documentation of certification by T.W.I.A. for windstorm application.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver, store, and handle hollow metal doors in a manner to prevent damage. Before shipping, label each door with metal or plastic tags to show their location, size, door swing and other pertinent information. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other separators, bandings, or paper to protect hollow metal doors.

B. Store doors upright, in a dry protected area. Store at least 1" off the floor and with 1/4" separation between units.

C. Follow all storage and handling requirements of manufacturer.

08100 - Page 1 of 3

Page 128: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Exterior hollow metal doors: 16 gauge primed steel face skin hollow metal doors with 14 gauge steel lock channel, fiberglass insulation, 16 gauge steel top and bottom end channels, 14 gauge steel closer reinforcement channel and 20 gauge steel rib stiffeners welded to face skin. Provide in shapes and types indicated on the Drawings. Provide fire rated labeled units where scheduled on the Drawings. Exterior hollow metal doors to be galvanized after fabrication. At exterior doors with double glazing panels, provide upper and lower standard size glazing panels, using job site glazing as specified in section 08800.

2.2 FABRICATION:

A. General: Doors to be of types and sizes indicated on the drawings, fully welded seamless construction with no visible joints on faces or vertical edges. All doors shall be strong, rigid and neat in appearance, free from warpage or buckle. Corner bends shall be true, straight and of minimum radius for gauge used.

B. Construction: Stiffen face sheets by continuous vertical formed steel sections occupying full thickness of interior space between door faces. Stiffeners to be not less than 22 gauge, spaced not more than 6" apart and attached to both face sheets with spot welds not more than 6" centers. Spaces between stiffeners to be sound­deadened and insulated fully. Cores for both exterior and interior doors to be fiberglass insulation. Top and bottom edges of all doors to be closed with a continuous 16 gauge steel channel. Tops (and bottoms where required for attachment of weather-stripping) of exterior doors to have a flush closing channel.

C. Bevel edges 1/8" in 2" for single-acting doors. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Doors to be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the

factory for all tern plated hardware. Location of finish hardware on doors to be in accordance with CHM-1-74 standards, unless indicated otherwise. Where surface­mounted hardware is to be applied, doors to have reinforcement only; drilling, tapping and adjusting to be done in the field. Minimum gauges for reinforcing to be as follows: Hinge and pivot reinforcement: 7 gauge. Lock face, flush bolts, concealed holders, concealed or surface mounted closures: 14 gauge. Reinforcement for all other hardware: 16 gauge.

E. Glass moldings and stops: Where scheduled, fabricate doors with glazed openings as indicated. Fixed moldings, where scheduled, to be securely welded to the door on the security side. Loose stops where scheduled, to be 20 gauge steel with mitered corners secured to the opening with zinc coated countersunk screws. Finish of stops to match doors. Conform to fire rating requirements. Coordinate height of vision lites with T.A.S. handicapped requirements (42" to glazing above floor).

F. Louvers: Where scheduled, provide 12 gauge steel louvers, "V" shaped sight proof blades spaced to provide not less than 20% free opening, welded in place.

G. Astragals: Unless detailed otherwise, provide 3/16" flat bar astragal full height of passive leaf of all paired doors. Ease edge.

H. Finish: After fabrication, all tool marks and surface imperfections shall be dressed, filled and sanded as required to make faces and vertical edges smooth, level and free from irregularities. All exterior doors to be galvanized with zinc coating of not less than 0.60 ounces per square foot. Doors to be chemically treated to insure maximum paint adhesion and coated on exposed surfaces with manufacturer's rust­inhibitive primer, fully cured before shipment.

08100 - Page 2 of 3

Page 129: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Inspect all frames to receive hollow metal doors and verify condition and suitability of same prior to beginning installation of doors.

B. Touch up all damaged primer as required.

3.2 APPLICATION:

A. Install doors into prepared frames at designated locations. B. Receive and inspect finish hardware. Reject non-conforming hardware. Install finish

hardware in locations designated by the finish hardware schedule; refer Section 08710 - Finish Hardware. Unless approved otherwise by the Architect, hardware to be installed after finishing doors.

C. Fit door to opening.

3.3 ADJUST & CLEAN:

A. Replace all defective doors. Clean all doors of dust or soiled materials. B. Adjust doors and hardware for proper fit and operation. Re-hang or replace doors

that do not fit properly or operate freely.

08100 - Page 3 of 3

Page 130: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 131: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

SECTION 08110

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK:

A. Hollow Metal Doors: Section 08100 B. Wood Doors: Section 0821 O C. Finish Hardware: Section 0871 O D. Glass and Glazing: Section 0881 O E. Caulking and Sealants: Section 07920

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Conform to Steel Door lnstitute's "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames: (SDl-100) and "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames" (SDl-105).

B. When so scheduled, provide fire-rated frames as shown on the drawings. Identify each frame with appropriate U.L. labels, indicating the fire-ratings. Construct and install assemblies to comply with N.F.P.A. 80.

C. Conform to IECC 2015 air leakage requirements for assemblies. D. All exterior applications shall be supplied as a certified, tested and approved

packaged system that meets Texas Windstorm (T.W.1.A.) requirements. Packaged systems shall include (but are not limited to) door(s), frame and hardware. Coordinate in all respects and provide hardware that has been tested with hollow metal door and hardware manufacturers.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of hollow metal frames. Include elevation, frame profiles, anchorage details, accessories and finish for each frame. Provide a schedule of frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on the Drawings.

B. Obtain templates of approved hardware from hardware supplier and incorporate requirements into submittals by indicating the location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements.

C. Provide documentation of certification by T.W.I.A. for windstorm application.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A Ship, store and handle frames to protect from damage. Frames are to be shipped with removable spreader fastened to lower end jambs for protection during shipment.

08110 - Page 1 of 3

Page 132: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Exterior Hollow Metal Frames: equal to Windsor Republic Doors of McKenzie, Tennessee ME series for masonry applications and MH series for drywall applications, 14 gauge cold rolled steel, ASTM A-366, galvanized and then primed frames, with shop welded and primed joints. Sizes and types as scheduled on the Drawings. Stick series knock-down frames without welded joints are unacceptable. Frames to comply with Steel Door Institute Standard ANSI A250.8-1988 (SDl-100).

B. Interior Hollow Metal Door and Window Frames: equal to Windsor Republic Doors ME series for masonry applications and MH series for drywall applications, 16 gauge cold rolled steel ASTM A-366, welded and primed frames or stick series knock-down frames with shop welded and primed joints. Sizes and types as scheduled on the Drawings. Stick series knock-down frames without welded joints are unacceptable. Frames shall be 14 gauge at all openings exceeding 4'-0" in width. Provide fire labeled frames where so scheduled on the Plans. All stick built frames that provide for both doors and window sidelights and/or transoms shall be factory welded into a common frame unit, with all joints welded and ground smooth. Frames to comply with Steel Door Institute Standard ANSI A250.8-1988 (SDl-100).

C. Provide anchors, accessories and shims as required for installation. Hollow metal material to be by one manufacturer from the following: Steelcraft; Curries, Tex-Steel Metal Doors and Frames; Universal Building Specialty Co.; Windsor Republic Doors; Ceco. All anchors to be hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel.

2.2 FABRICATION:

A. General: Unless otherwise detailed, provide three standard anchors for each jamb and within 8" of head and sill. Provide floor anchors at each door jamb. Provide inner reinforcing of steel frames where required.

B. Hardware Reinforcement: Door frames to be neatly mortised and reinforced for the finish hardware items approved in Section 08710, Finish Hardware. Reinforcements to be minimum 10 gauge steel and to be drilled and tapped ready for hardware application. Keep foreign matter from tapped holes with provision for mortar guard boxes where anchored to masonry walls. Reinforcement for all other hardware: 16 gauge.

C. Welded Frames: Provide frames full-web welded with all edges and seams ground smooth. Ship to job-site completely welded, ready for installation.

D. Silencers: Where silencers are specified in Section 08710, provide frames with 3 holes sized to receive specified silencers on strike jamb of single door frames; two holes at head of paired door frames.

E. Finishes: Where frames are to be galvanized, apply zinc coating of not less than 1.25 ounces per square foot. Frames to be chemically treated to insure maximum paint primer, fully cured before shipment.

F. Glazing Stops: Provide 18 gauge cold rolled stops with mitered corners, pre-drilled to accept countersunk screws.

G. Frames for multiple or special openings to have jamb or head members of closed tubular shapes, welded and ground smooth with no visible seams or joints. Where indicated on the shop drawings and so approved, large openings may be fabricated in section designed for field splicing.

08110 - Page 2 of 3

Page 133: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

H. Frame reinforcing: Provide internal 10 gauge channel or angle reinforcing across the head of all units greater than 48" wide and scheduled for installation in a masonry wall. Provide vertical reinforcing wherever required to eliminate racking or torsion on frame in its final installed position.

EXECUTION

INSTALLATION:

A. Frames to be set, before starting construction of walls, in the locations indicated on the Drawings. Firmly anchor to the floor by the methods provided and firmly braced in a plumb and true plane, square at corners, and free from torsion. Provide adequate bracing between jambs to prevent bowing or bending during construction of wall. Height of frames for inside and outside door openings to be such that the space between the bottom of the door and the finished concrete floor is 5/8". All frames to be designed to set on top of the finished concrete floor. Coordinate with other trades to see that jamb anchors are properly set and spaced not more than 16" apart and not more than 8" from head and sill.

B. Hang doors (as per manufacturer's instructions) in frames for proper clearance all around the opening. No shimming allowed except upon approval of the Architect, and when shimming is required and permitted, only steel shims to be used.

C. Immediately after erection, touch-up all scratches, welds, and primer blemishes. Touch up galvanized surfaces with an approved cold-zinc treatment. Apply no paint until all rust is removed.

3.2 REPAIR AND ADJUST:

A. Repair and/or adjust any defective materials or workmanship.

08110 - Page 3 of 3

Page 134: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 135: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Hollow Metal Frames: Section 08110 B. Finish Hardware: Section 08710 C. Glass & Glazing: Section 0881 O D. Painting and Staining: Section 9900

SECTION 08210

WOOD DOORS

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Door manufacturer to be qualified to affix each door with National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association seal of approval or quality certification stamp (NWMA­.1.S. -1).

B. Conform to appropriate sections of A.W.I. Section 1300. C. Allowable Tolerance: net pre-fit size within 1/16" or overall dimensions; maximum

warp to be 1/4"; measured diagonals to have maximum difference of 1/8". Conform to AW.I. Section 1300-T-2.

D. When so scheduled, provide fire-rated doors as shown on the Drawings. Identify each door with appropriate U.L. labels, indicating fire rating. Construct and install assemblies to comply with N.F. P.A. 80. Fire doors to meet ASTM E-152 test requirements.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawing for fabrication and installation of wood doors. Include elevation of doors, swings, fire clarification, construction details, joints details and connections. Show all accessory items and indicate glazing types. Provide a schedule of doors using same reference numbers for details and openings as those of the Drawings.

B. Obtain templates of approved hardware from hardware supplier and incorporate requirements into submittals by indicating the locations for a complete installation.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver, store and handle wood doors in a manner to prevent damage. Before shipping, label each door to indicate location, size, swing, and other pertinent information. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other separators, bandings or paper to protect doors.

B. Store doors at least 1" above the floor, flat on a level surface in a clean dry well­ventilated area protected from sunlight. Maintain relative humidity at not less than 30% nor more than 60%. Do not store in areas exposed to wet plaster, cement or excessive moisture of any kind.

C. Follow all storage and handling requirements of the manufacturer.

1.5 GUARANTEE:

A. Guarantee materials and workmanship for two (2) years under the conditions of the N.W .M.A. Standard Door Guarantee.

08210 Page 1 of 3

Page 136: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A Interior Flush Doors: rotary cut select white birch, AW.I. Premium grade, PC-5 construction; AW.I. Type II adhesive; solid core to be Grade 1-L-1 particleboard, 28-32 lb. density, as described in ANSI-A-208-1.

B. Moldings, stops and trim: hardwood to match face veneers.

2.2 FABRICATION:

3.0

3.1

A Interior Solid Core Flush Doors: Provide units in types, sizes and thickness as indicated on the Drawings. Construct in accordance with A.W.I. PC-7. Vertical edges to match face veneers.

B. Interior Solid Core Flush Doors (fire rated}: Provide units in types, sizes and thickness as indicated on the Drawings. Pairs to be side matched; transoms to be end matched. Construct in accordance with applicable AW.I. standard for rating indicated.

C. Where required, provide listed and labeled smoke gaskets. D. Hardware Preparation: Doors to be manufacturer-machined to receive all hardware

scheduled in Section 08710. Obtain approved hardware schedule and templates from hardware supplier prior to commencement of fabrication.

E. Louvers, Lights & Openings: Where indicated on the Drawings, provide openings and cut-outs as shown. Provide manufacturer's stock flush frame for glazed lite at interior doors, unless otherwise detailed. Provide manufacturer's stock lipped molding for glazed lites at exterior doors, unless otherwise detailed. Openings to be 5" from edges (6" for fire doors), unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, or as required by more stringent building codes. Provide integral flashing at bottoms of all openings in exterior doors. Height of vision lites to be coordinated with T.A.S. handicapped requirements (42" to be glazing above floor). Conform to requirements for fire-ratings where applicable.

F. Pre-Fitting: Doors to be pre-fit by manufacturer.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Inspect all frames to receive wood doors and verify condition suitability of same prior to beginning installation of doors.

B. Verify that door frames are type required for installation of doors. Do not install doors in frames which would hinder the operation of the doors.

C. Inspect each door prior to installation for surface irregularities, edge defects or any other deficiencies. Reject defective units and replace.

3.2 APPLICATION:

A Install doors into prepared frames at designated locations. Conform to NWMA requirements.

B. Receive, inspect and install finish hardware in locations designated by the finish hardware schedule. Refer Section 08710. Install finish hardware after finishing of doors. Reject non-conforming hardware from job site and replace with conforming type.

08210 Page 2 of 3

Page 137: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.3 ADJUST & CLEAN:

A. Adjust doors and hardware for proper fit and operation. Re-hang or replace doors that do not fit properly or operate freely.

B. Replace or repair doors with defective pr improper finishes. Replace pre-finished doors damaged during installation.

C. Clean door surfaces of all dust or soiled materials in preparation of staining or painting by others.

08210 Page 3 of 3

Page 138: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 139: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Caulking & Sealants: Section 07920 B. Finish Hardware: Section 0871 O C. Glass & Glazing: Section 0881 O

SECTION 08410

ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Materials and installation to be in strict accordance with manufacturer's current published specifications.

B. Comply with requirements of Consumer Product Safety Commission 16-CFR 1201. C. Manufacturer to be responsible for system design. System to be designed to

conform to the following performance standards: 1) System to provide for adequate expansion and contraction between system

components. 2) System to provide internal drainage capability for effective removal of water,

migrating moisture and condensation that may penetrate the system. 3) System to limit air infiltration to 0.06 cu.ft./min./sq.ft. of assembly surface

area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 0.3 inches water gauge.

4) Design and size members and anchorage devices to withstand dead loads and live loads in accordance with applicable codes.

D. Conform to IECC 2015 air leakage requirements for asseblies. E. All exterior applications shall be supplied as a certified, tested and approved

packaged system that meets Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements. Packaged systems shall include (but are not limited to) door(s), frame and hardware. Coordinate in all respects and provide hardware that has been tested with aluminum storefront door and hardware manufacturers.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating elevations, details, all applicable methods of anchorage, methods of assembling sections, joints and connections, hardware requirements and size, shapes, and thickness of materials. Include a schedule showing location of each assembly and key it to drawings. Show all framed opening dimensions and verify same at building site prior to preparation of shop drawings.

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's published data indicating materials, gauges, finishes, methods of fabrication, and other pertinent factors. Provide manufacturer's printed installation instructions.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver all aluminum materials and components in protective cartons and with protective masking. Retain masking until completion of glazing work. Store all materials indoors and protect. Handle all materials carefully so as not to injure surface finishes. Defective or damaged finishes will be rejected and no attempt to restore such finishes will be accepted.

08410 - Page 1 of 3

Page 140: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.4 WARRANTEE

2.0

2.1

2.2

A. Provide manufacturer's standard written warrantee for two (2) years from date of project acceptance by the Owner.

B. Doors shall come with manufacturer's limited lifetime warrantee for each door.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A.

B.

C. D.

E. F.

G.

H. I.

TYPES:

A.

Sections to be extruded aluminum alloy 6063 T5 conforming to ASTM B-221 and ASTM B-209. Finish: clear anodized conforming to AAMA 607.1-77, minimum thickness of AAM10C22A41 Class 1 - 0.7 mils thick. Fasteners: Stainless steel, concealed splines; snap-in closures. Setting Blocks: neoprene, 70-90 durometer hardeners, compatible with sealants used. Spacers: neoprene, 40-50 durometer hardness, compatible with sealants used. Glazing channels and seals: preformed, of sizes and types as recommended by the manufacturer. Accessories: provide all closures, flashing, brake-metal fabrication and other accessories required to provide a complete installation. Finish of all brake-metal fabrications to match system, unless otherwise noted. Glass and Glazing: Refer Section 08810 and plans. Anchors: as required for T.W.I.A. certified system. Stainless steel only.

Exterior Aluminum Fixed Windows and Exterior Aluminum Storefront Doors, Sidelights and Transom Panels Framing (refer plans for locations): 2 1/2" sightline x 5" Kawneer IR 501 aluminum windborne debris resistant storefront system or approved equal. Include base, glazing gaskets, connectors, internal drain receptors, matching break metal sub-sill and all anchorage items.

B. Exterior window, transom and sidelight glazing shall be 1 5/16" overall thickness impact resistant insulated glass with 1/4" thick bronze tinted H.S. outer layer, 1/2" air space 19/32" laminated inner layer (1/4" clear, 0.090 clear PVB, 1/4" clear).

2.3 MANUFACTURERS:

A. Approved manufacturers: In addition to the Alcoa Kawneer systems indicated above, equivalent systems by the following manufacturers will be acceptable. All others will require approval prior to bidding. 1) Tubelite 2) United States Aluminum

2.4 FABRICATION:

A. Fabricate doors and frames allowing for minimum clearances around perimeter of assembly that will still allow proper installation. Rigidly fit and secure all joints and corners. All connections to be flush, hairline and weather-tight.

B. Prepare component pieces to receive anchorage devices and other adapters, trim moldings and face materials. Prepare doors and frames to receive hardware specified herein and in Section 08710.

C. Arrange fasteners, attachments and jointing of all assemblies to conceal from view. D. Provide drainage holes to exterior, where required.

08410 - Page 2 of 3

Page 141: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Verify that rough openings and adjacent work are ready to receive aluminum storefront and coordinate work with that of other trades. Initiation of installation will be considered acceptance of preparatory work accomplished by other trades.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Install all doors, frames, glazing and hardware in strict accordance with Drawings, approved shop drawings and manufacturer's published instructions.

B. Isolate aluminum from cementious or electrolytically incompatible dissimilar materials with asphaltic paint.

C. Set all frames accurately in position, plumb, square and level. Securely anchor frames as shown on the Drawings and approved shop drawings using appropriate anchorage devices.

D. Install glazing and in-fill panels in accordance with Section 08810. Provide neoprene setting blocks and spacers and adjust glazing as required.

E. Install sealant where indicated on the Drawings and wherever required to prevent moisture penetration. Sealant to be as specified in Section 08810. Provide backing materials where required by sealant manufacturer.

F. Install door hardware specified in this Section and in Section 08710 and adjust for proper operation.

3.3 CLEAN & ADJUST:

A. Remove masking and wash exposed surfaces with mild detergent and warm water. Apply with soft cloths. Remove excess sealant from all aluminum surfaces.

B. Adjust all hardware for proper operation. Clean all hardware. C. Remove all cartons, containers and debris resulting from this work from the site. D. After erection, the Contractor shall protect all exposed portions of aluminum

storefront from damage for duration of project. E. Not more than three (3) days prior to final inspection, clean all glazing in accordance

with Section 08810. At the same time, repeat cleaning and adjusting procedure for framing and hardware defined in A and B above.

08410 - Page 3 of 3

Page 142: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 143: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Hollow Metal Doors: Section 08100 B. Hollow Metal Door Frames: Section 0811 O C. Wood Doors: Section 08210

SECTION 08710

FINISH HARDWARE

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. The Supplier is to be a firm technically qualified and experienced in detailing and fitting of finish hardware. In addition, the firm shall have in their regular employment and A.H.C. who will be made available at reasonable times to consult with the Architect/Contractor and/or Owner regarding any matters affecting the finish hardware on this project.

B. The Supplier is to thoroughly detail and schedule the entire project to insure that all items of hardware will properly fit and function in the specified locations.

C. The Contractor is to be responsible for coordinating the work of this Section with that of the various trades affected. After approval of submittals, the supplier shall supply templates to the door and frame manufacturer as well as to other trades requiring same. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination.

D. Provide U.L. tested and listed hardware (N.F.P.A. Standard 80) at all fire-rated openings. All panic devices to be U.L. labeled.

E. Provide gasketing and seals to assure conformance with I.E.C.C. 2015 air leakage requirements for assemblies.

F. All hardware to fully conform to the State's current handicap standards. G. All exterior applications shall be supplied as a certified, tested and approved

packaged system that meets Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements. Packaged systems shall include (but are not limited to) door(s), frame and hardware. Coordinate in all respects and provide hardware that has been tested with door and hardware manufacturers.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Prepare and submit to the Architect for approval complete finish hardware schedules listing all items of hardware required for all openings and cabinets shown on the Plans. Describe the quality, catalog number, manufacturer, function of hardware required for each opening.

B. Provide documentation or certification by T.W.I.A. for windstorm application. C. Coordinate schedule with related trades during preparation. Supply a copy of

completed and Architect approved schedule to related trades. Coordinate necessary revisions to the approved schedule with other trades.

D. Submit manufacturer literature for maintenance, description of keeping system and tools used for adjustment of hardware with instructions for proper use.

E. Refinements such as butt knuckle clearance, strike lip lengths, adjustments, beveling, rabbeting or rounding of lock faces, and centering of back sets are to be indicated on the submitted schedule of hardware.

08710 - Page 1 of 7

Page 144: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver hardware to project after finishing work is substantially complete. Hardware is to be in containers with manufacturer's labels and schedule identification marks intact and legible. Hardware is to be accompanied with a copy of the revised finish hardware schedule. Any hardware containers without labels or with illegible labels are to be returned to the supplier for relabeling.

B. Handle hardware with care so as not to damage materials, containers or labeling. Store in a secure space, free from excess dust, wet paint or loose materials.

1.5 WARRANTY:

2.0

2.1

A. Replace hardware that is defective in function within one (1) year. B. Replace items of hardware with defective finish within two (2) years (natural change

in finish is not a defect). C. All door closers to have a ten (10) year warranty.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Finish: Finish of all hardware, unless scheduled and specified otherwise, to be US26D. Door closers are to be sprayed finish to match adjacent hardware, unless otherwise specified.

B. Screws and Fasteners: Furnish all fasteners of the appropriate type and sizes for the proper attachment of hardware. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations.

C. Door Stops: Door stops to be furnished wherever an open door of any item of hardware thereon strikes a wall, column or other parts of the building construction.

D. Exit Devices: Exit devices are to be as specified. E. Butts: Butts to be of type, weight and finish specified and shall be 4-1/2" high for

doors under 3' wide. The width of the butt shall be determined by the trim conditions affecting the throw. Exterior butts to be furnished with non-removable pins. All doors with closers to have ball-bearing hinges with sufficient throw to clear trim.

F. Door Closers: Closers to be as specified. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for door size and application. Provide mounting brackets as required by frame and door condition. Provide coordinator device for pairs of doors with closers.

G. Locksets: Locksets to be as specified. H. Silencers: Silencers to be provided in all metal doorframes for single-acting doors.

Provide three per single door opening; four for double door opening.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS:

A. It is not the intent of these specifications to limit materials to the product of any particular manufacturer. Materials, equipment and/or fixtures have been specified by name, manufacturer or catalog number, to define the required quality, application, physical conformity and characteristics. It is not the intention to discriminate against any supplier or manufacturer from furnishing materials or products which meet or exceed the characteristics of the specified items. All substitutes will require Architect's approval. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any changes in other work required by such substitutions and shall bear all costs for same.

08710 - Page 2 of 7

Page 145: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.3 HARDWARE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:

3.0

3.1

A. Finish Hardware for doors identified in the attached finish hardware schedule shall comply with the following minimum requirements. The brand and type of hardware indicated is to reflect the level of quality required. Other brands with similar characteristics will be considered, with the exception of locksets, which shall be limited to the following lock manufacturers: 1. Locks - Corb/Russwin CL3300-Series Keyway as directed by IWA (No Sub) 2. Closers- LCN 4041/1461 3. Exit Devices - Von Duprin 99 Series

B. Finish Hardware Schedule:

EXECUTION

PERFORMANCE:

A. Supply hardware sets for the project to the schedule of finish hardware. B. Supply templates for matching and reinforcing for hardware to trades supplying doors

and frames. C. Coordinate revisions requested and approved during progress of project to assure

proper preparation by trades to receive hardware.

3.2 KEYING:

A. Supplier will meet with owner "face-to-face" to finalize keying requirements and match existing Corbin/Russwin Masterkey System Keyway as directed by IWA (No Sub).

B. Provide nickel silver keys only. Furnish 3 change keys per lock/cylinder, 5 construction control keys, 5 masterkeys per section and 5 Grand Masterkeys. Deliver all keys to owner's representative.

C. Provide brass construction cores for all exterior doors, with (10) construction masterkeys. Provide permanent cores for interior doors. "ALL" Permanent cores shall be installed by the general contractor when directed by the owner.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install finish hardware in a timely manner and with care as to not to damage the finish hardware or adjacent surfaces.

B. Check hardware for proper fit and operation, adjusting as required. C. Do not install butt hinges in a manner that would cause warpage or

buckling of the door. Excessive shimming is not permitted. D. Provide weatherstripping as required to make all exterior doors water

tight. E. Set all thresholds in sealant. F. Comply with ADA requirements for hardware mounting heights, door

opening foot-pound pressure requirements, transition levels at thresholds, etc.

G. Tag all keys and turn over to authorized Owner's representative. Obtain receipt for keys.

H. Provide written warrantee for finish hardware. I. Provide miscellaneous finish hardware to other suppliers or sub­

contractors where appropriate, such as aluminum storefront contractor. J. Repair or replace defective hardware to the satisfaction of the

Architect and Own.er.

0871 O - Page 3 of 7

Page 146: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULE

08710 - Page 4 of 7

Page 147: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

GENERAL NOTES:

1. Provide appropriate door stops for each application, regardless of what is shown in the individual hardware sets. Provide OH Stops where required. Provide wall stops when possible, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Provide appropriate drop plates, closer arms, brackets, fasteners, miscellaneous items as required for a complete/proper installation of hardware.

3. Verify (or alter) hardware components of each application for correct functioning of opening.

4. GC and Hardware Supplier to verify and match existing Masterkey System requirements to include; the Lock/Cylinder Manufacturer, Required Keyway (Restricted or Conventional} and "Interchangeable Core vs. Conventional Core". No cylinders or cores are to be ordered without owner's written approval of keying system requirements. Specified cylinders/cores are provided as "reference/example" (only).

5. ALL WINDSTORM OPENINGS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS (CERTIFIED) TESTED/APPROVED PACKAGED SYSTEMS TO INCLUDE THE DOOR/FRAME/HARDWARE TO MEET ALL APPLICABLE STATE/LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR INLAND-1.

HW SET: 01 SGL EXTER HM ENTRY - PANIC DOOR TYPE: 1/100

EACH TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA CYLINDER 1 EA TEMP CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA KICK PLATE 1 EA THRESHOLD 1 SET SEALS 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 1 EA DRIP CAP

5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP HH99LSNB AS REQD BRASS CONSTR CORE 4040XP SCUSH SNB 8400 1 O" X 2" LOW AS DETAILED 120SA-HEAD/JAMBS 200NA-LENGTH AS REQUIRED 16A-FRAME WIDTH PLUS 4"

0871 0 - Page 5 of 7

(INLAND-1)

630 IVE 626 VON 626 COR 626 COR 689 LCN 630 IVE AL NGP AL NGP AL NGP AL NGP

Page 148: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

HWSET: 02 DOOR TYPE: 2/108

SGL EXTERIOR CLASSROOM (INLAND-1)

2/112 2/116 2/133

EACH TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK 1 EA TEMP CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA KICK PLATE 1 SET SEALS 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 1 EA THRESHOLD 1 EA OH DRIP

2/125

5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP CL3355 NZD X ICC BRASS CONSTR CORE 4041 SCUSH SNB

2/127 2/130

8400 1 O" X 2" LOW 160-HEAD, STILE & JAMBS 200SA-LENGTH REQUIRED 425-LENGTH REQUIRED 16A-LENGTH REQUIRED

HW SET: 03 PAIR EXTER HM SPEC CLASSROOM - PANIC (INLAND-1) DOOR TYPE: 3/120

EACH TO HAVE: 6 EA HINGE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA MULLION 1 EA CYLINDER 1 EA TEMP CORE 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 2 EA KICK PLATE 1 EA THRESHOLD 1 SET SEALS 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 1 EA MULLION SEAL 1 EA DRIP CAP

5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP HH99LSNB HH99EOSNB 9954 AS REQD BRASS CONSTR CORE 4040XP SCUSH SNB 8400 10" X 2" LOW AS DETAILED 120SA-HEAD/JAMBS 200NA-LENGTH AS REQUIRED 5100N-HEIGHT AS REQD 16A-FRAME WIDTH PLUS 4"

HW SET: 04 SGL EXTER HM ELEC RM/STOR/CUST - PANIC (INLAND-1) DOOR TYPE: 4/126

EACH TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE 1 EA CYLINDER 1 EA TEMP CORE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA KICK PLATE 1 EA THRESHOLD 1 SET SEALS 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 1 EA DRIP CAP

5BB1 HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP HH99NLSNB AS REQD BRASS CONSTR CORE 4040XP SCUSH SNB 8400 1 O" X 2" LOW AS DETAILED 120SA-HEAD/JAMBS 200NA-LENGTH AS REQUIRED 16A-FRAME WIDTH PLUS 4"

08710 - Page 6 of 7

630 IVE 626 COR 626 COR 689 LCN 630 IVE BRN NGP 628 NGP 628 NGP 628 NGP

630 IVE 626 VON 626 VON 689 VON 626 COR 626 COR 689 LCN 630 IVE AL NGP AL NGP AL NGP BLK NGP AL NGP

630 IVE 626 VON 626 COR 626 COR 689 LCN 630 IVE AL NGP AL NGP AL NGP AL NGP

Page 149: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

HWSET: 05 SGL CONF/OFFICE/CLASSROOM DOOR TYPE: 5/101 5/103 5/104 11/121 12/108 12/112 12/130 12/133

EACH TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK CL3355 NZD X ICC 626 COR 1 EA FLOOR/WALL FS13/WS407CCV (AS REQD) 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HWSET: 06 SGL STOREROOM DOOR TYPE: 6/107 10/109 10/113 10/117 10/122 10/129 10/132 10/135

EACH TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK CL3357 NZD X ICC 626 COR 1 EA OH STOP GJ450S SNS 630 GLY 1 EA FLOOR/WALL FS13/WS407CCV (AS REQD) 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

PROVIDE OH STOP@ 10/109, 10/113, 10/117, 10/122, 10/129, 10/132, 10/135.

HWSET: 07 SGL PRIVACY (3'-6" DOOR WIDTH) DOOR TYPE: 7/106

EACH TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 5 X4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY CL3320 NZD 626 COR 1 EA FLOOR/WALL FS13/WS407CCV (AS REQD) 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HWSET: 08 SGL PRIVACY (OH STOP WHERE REQUIRED) DOOR TYPE: 8/110 8/111 8/114 8/115 8/118 8/119 8/123 8/124 8/128 8/131 8/134

EACH TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 5 X4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PRIVACY CL3320 NZD 626 COR 1 EA OH STOP GJ450S SNB 630 GLY 1 EA FLOOR/WALL FS13/WS407CCV (AS REQD) 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

PROVIDE OH STOP @8/110, 8/114, 8/118,

END OF SECTION

08710 - Page 7 of 7

Page 150: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 151: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Hollow Metal Doors: Section 08100 B. Hollow Metal Frames: Section 0811 O C. Wood Doors: Section 0821 O D. Aluminum Storefront and Entrances: Section 0841 O

SECTION 08810

GLASS & GLAZING

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Conform to Consumer Product Safety Commission 16-CFR 1201 and to ANSI Z 97.1.

B. All glazing installation to conform to applicable sections of Flat Glass Marketing Association Glazing Manual.

C. All glazed applications shall be supplied as a certified, tested and approved packaged system that meets Texas Windstorm (T.W.1.A.) requirements.

1.3 SUBMITIALS:

A. Provide shop drawings indicating sizes and types of all glass and glazing types. Provide installation details indicating relation to work of other trades (aluminum storefront, windows, doors, etc.) and coordinate with same.

B. Provide manufacturer's product literature for each glass type. C. Provide manufacturer's product literature for sealants and glazing compounds.

Provide color selection chart; color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range of colors.

D. When requested by the Architect, provide 6" x 6" samples of any or all glass types hereinafter scheduled.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's labeled containers or covers with labels intact and legible.

B. Handle all store materials in a manner to prevent breakage or damage to product, containers or labels. Protect all edges.

C. Area designated to receive materials to be free from debris, equipment and other possible causes for accidents.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Exterior work to be accomplished in dry weather when temperature's above 40 degrees F.

B. Protect adjacent materials as required to prevent damage. Repair or replace materials so damaged.

C. Commencement of work implies acceptance of prepared openings and other conditions relating to the installation of glazing material.

08810- Page 1 of 4

Page 152: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.6 WARRANTY:

2.0

2.1

A. Provide a written warranty that all glazing will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two (2) years. Warranty to provide for correction of said defects at no expense to the Owner during this period.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Glazing: Glazing to be conformance with applicable provisions of Federal Specifications: DD-G-45 is for annealed glass and Federal Specification DD-G-1403b for tempered glass. Glass to be provided in accordance with types listed and scheduled below.

B. Accessories: Provide all accessories necessary to provide complete job in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. These include (but are not limited to): 1) Tape: butyl rubber glazing tape; self adhesive, non-staining. 2) Glazing Sealant: single component silicone, chemical curing; non-bleeding

or staining. 3) Setting Blocks: neoprene, 70-90 durometer hardness; compatible with

sealants used. 4) Spacers: neoprene, 40-50 durometer hardness; compatible with sealants used. 5) Glazing Channels & Seals: preformed, of sizes and types as recommended

by manufactured. 6) Fastener Clips for Mirrors: "3" clips, sized and spaced to carry full weight of

mirror. C. Types (see plans and paragraph D below for locations of glass type - not all apply):

1) Plate or Float Glass (non-tinted): 1/4" thick polished clear. 2) Plate or Float Glass (tinted): 1/4" thick polished bronze tint. 3) Tempered (non-tinted): 1/4" thick polished float glass, clear fully tempered. 4) Tempered (tinted): 1/4" thick polished float glass, tinted bronze, fully

tempered. 5) Laminated Safety Glass (non-tinted): 1/4" thick polished float glass, clear,

laminated. 6) Laminated Safety Glass (tinted): 1/4" thick polished plate or float glass,

tinted gray, laminated. 7) Fire Rated Glass Ceramic: equal to TechniGlas "Firelite NT', 3/16" thick fire

rated and safety rated clear glass ceramic with high performance surface applied 3M Scotchshield Ultra Film coating on one side. Fire rating of glass is up to 3 hours. Surface condition shall be premium polished surfaces. Fire rated glass shall be provided with a label indicating fire rating of glass.

D. Schedule of Glass Type and Location: 1) Exterior window, transom and sidelight glazing shall be 1 5/16" overall

thickness impact resistant insulated glass with 1/4" thick gray tinted gray tinted H.S. outer layer, 1/2" air space 19/32" laminated inner layer (1/4" clear, 0.090 clear PVB, 1/4" clear). Low-E coated.

2) Exterior doors glazing shall be impact resistant 9/16" thick laminated safety glass with two layers of 1/4" thick H.S/. glass and 0.090" clear PVB interlayer. Grey laminated.

3) Interior Doors (all other locations): 1/4" tempered safety glass; clear. 4) Interior Windows (all other locations): 1/4" tempered safety glass; clear.

08810- Page 2 of 4

Page 153: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.2 MANUFACTURERS:

3.0

3.1

A. Approved manufacturers: In addition to any manufacturer whose materials or products are identified by brand name or number within the text of this Section as the basis for minimum required quality, equivalent materials and/or products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable. All others will require approval prior to bidding.

1) Libbey-Owens-Ford Glass Co. 2) Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. 3) American Saint Gobain Corp.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Examine openings scheduled to receive glazing for conditions that will adversely affect execution or the quality of the finished work. Do not proceed with installation until all deficiencies are corrected.

B. Examine all materials and/or products for excessive distortion, edge conditions, warpage or other defects prior to installing same.

C. Verify that glass size is correct size for opening which it is scheduled. Glazier is responsible for installing glass panels which provide the necessary minimum bite, edge clearances and sealant thickness, within tolerances.

D. Handle glass with care to avoid damage to glass or other surfaces.

3.2 PREPARATION:

A. Clean all surfaces, recesses and channels scheduled to receive glazing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

3.3 INSTALLATION:

A. Procedures for glazing to conform to "Glazing Manual" of F.G.M.A. B. As each piece of glass is installed check for edge damage, face imperfections or

other defects. Discard any pieces found to be defective. C. Install exterior glass to effect a watertight and air tight finished installation. D. Install glass by setting panels in a true plane with proper clearances, anchorage and

supports. Methods and materials to be in accordance with recommendation of the glass manufacturer, sealant manufacturer and manufacturer of other materials used in the glazing process, except where specifically shown or otherwise specified.

E. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip or abrade glass. F. Verify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others with

respect to patterns, reflection, draw and bow. Orient all panels in the same direction. G. Where applicable, tool exposed surfaces of glazing compound to provide bevel away

from glass. H. Where applicable, install tapes to protrude slightly (after setting) from glazing channel

or recess. I. Mark all tempered or laminated safety glass with 1/2" diameter red stickers. Maintain

throughout construction.

08810- Page 3 of 4

Page 154: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.4 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. Clean and trim excess glazing materials. B. Clean all materials of labels, shop marks or other foreign matter.

C. Protect glass from breakage throughout construction. During the entire construction period, remove and replace any material which is scratched, broken, chipped, cracked or otherwise damaged for any reason, including natural causes, accidents or vandalism.

D. Not more than three (3) days prior to final inspection, clean and polish all glass and glazing on both faces. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations.

08810- Page 4 of 4

Page 155: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Concrete Masonry Units: Section 04220 B. Cement Plaster (Stucco): Section 09220

SECTION 09205

FURRING & LATHING

C. Light Steel Framing & Gypsum Wallboard Systems: Section 09260

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Work is to be performed by personnel with extensive experience and skill in erecting these materials.

B. All lathing shall conform to the latest specifications published by the Metal Lath Association and ANSI A42.3.

C. Comply with ASTM C-847, A-568 for uncoated steel and A-525 for galvanized coating. D. Comply with U.L. design requirements for fire ratings indicated. E. All anchorage shall meet Texas Windstorm (T.W.I.A.) requirements.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

2.0

2.1

A. Deliver products and materials in original unopened packages, containers or bundles with manufacturer's label intact and legible. Protect metal lath, metal suspension materials, and metal accessories from dampness.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Runner Channels: 1-1/2", 16 gauge cold rolled steel; black asphalt painted for interior applications. Galvanized for exterior applications.

B. Lathing Channels: 3/4", 1-1/2", 2", 16 gauge cold rolled galvanized steel. Minimum weight per 1000 lineal feet: for 3/4" to be 300 lbs.: for 1-1/2" to be 475 lbs.: for 2" to be 590 lbs.

C. Hat Channels: 7/8" galvanized steel, 20 gauge for exterior applications, 25 gauge for interior application.

D. Tie & Hanger Wire: ASTM A-641, galvanized soft annealed wire. Size in accordance with ANSI 42.4, but in no case provide less than 8 gauge for suspended assemblages; 16 gauge for framing members and 18 gauge for metal lath and accessories.

E. Lath: Unimast self-furring diamond mesh or equal; galvanized, 3.4 lb./sq. yd. except where otherwise indicated. Conform to Federal Specification QQ-L-101C.

F. Concrete Inserts: embedded galvanized units with rated pull-out resistance offive (5) times calculated loading.

G. Metal Accessories: shapes used as grounds to be sized and dimensioned to provide for required plaster thickness. Flanges to be designed to permit complete embedment of accessory in plaster and provide for alignment and attachment to underlying surface. Provide as follows: 1) Corner beads - 26 gauge zinc alloy, small nose type with 2-7/8" flanges, Unimast

1-A or equal. For curved or arched applications, use Unimast 4-A or equal. 2) Casing beads - 24 gauge zinc with expanded flanges (2-3/4"), Unimast No.

66 or equal.

09205 - Page 1 of 2

Page 156: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

3) Corner reinforcing - 2.5 lbs./sq. yd. flat expanded metal lath and shaped for 90 degrees internal corner with minimum 2" legs each side. Unimast "Cornerite" or equal, galvanized.

4) Striplath - 2.5 lbs. sq. yd. flat expanded metal lath. Unimast "Striplath" or equal, galvanized.

5) Base Screed - 26 gauge zinc with expanded flanges, Unimast No. 3-A, or equal.

6) Expansion joints - 26 zinc with double stops and expanded flanges, Unimast No. 75 or equal.

7) Soffit Vent - Continuous clean anodized aluminum, 4" wide, equal to Fry PCS-7 5-V-400.

8) Fasteners shall be power-driven screws, flat head, self-drilling, self-tapping, galvanized, sized for use.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. Coordinate with work of other trades. B. Examine installed work of other trades and insure that all conditions are satisfactory. C. Commencement of work implies acceptance of substrate.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Wire-Typing: Splicing to be double wrap-tied. Horizontal stiffeners to channel brackets to be figure eight-tied. Framing members perpendicular to each other to be saddle-tied.

B. Metal Lath: Install lath perpendicular to support units. Lap ends 1" and stagger joints from row to row. End joints to occur over supports. Where new lath is to adjoin existing, lace ends together with tie wire. At internal corners, fold lath through corner and reinforce with corner reinforcement. At external corners, wrap lath and reinforce with corner reinforcement. Fasten lath to supports at 6" on centers.

C. Accessories: Fasten in place using wire ties or screws. Fasten at both ends and maximum 12" o.c. Bring grounding edge of accessories to true lines, plumb, level and straight. Install accessories to provide required depth of plaster and to bring plaster surface to required plane. Connect lengths of accessories as recommended by manufacturer to assure a continuous line.

D. Casing Bead: Where plaster abuts dissimilar materials, terminate with plaster casing bead. Install accessory beads to provide minimum 1/8" clearance between structural units and termination point of surface to receive plaster finish.

E. Corner Reinforcing: Install corner reinforcing at plastered interior angles where both converging surfaces are plastered. Fasten to lath only (not to soffit framing).

F. Corner Bead: To be provided at plastered external angles where plastered on both sides of angels.

G. Expansion Joints: To be located between dissimilar materials and as shown on the Drawings.

H. Suspension Framing: Where shown on Drawings, install suspended members in sizes and spacing as indicated on the Drawings. Install hangers at a minimum of 4'-0" on center in each direction and a minimum of 1 '-0" from all edges. Suspend from building structure only. All framing is to be level, plumb and true. Isolate all suspended areas from building or structural movement.

3.3 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. Leave work clean and free of foreign matter. B. Remove debris from job site.

09205 - Page 2 of 2

Page 157: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Furring & Lathing: Section 09205 B. Sheathing Board: as specified in Section 09260

SECTION 09220

CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)

C. Light Steel Framing & Gypsum Wallboard Systems: Section 09260

1.2 QUALiTY ASSURANCE:

A. Work is to be performed by workmen with extensive experience and skill in applying the finishes.

B. Conform to applicable requirements of ANSI A 42-2 for portland cement plastering and also conform to ASTM C-926

C. Conform to Portland Cement Association's Plaster Manual, unless otherwise indicated. D. Comply with U.L. design requirements for fire ratings indicated.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver manufactured materials in original unopened packages, containers, or bundles with manufacturer's label intact and legible.

B. Keep materials dry until ready to be used. Store off the ground, under cover, and away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces.

C. Remove wet or deteriorated materials from project site immediately.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

A. Do not apply cementious materials unless a minimum uniform temperature of 40 degrees F. has been and will continue to be maintained at point of application for a minimum period of seven (7) days prior to application and seven (7) days after application.

B. Provide minimum illumination of 30 ft./candles during work progress. Provide adequate ventilation, without disturbing cure process.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Sand: ASTM C-897; clean and sharp, free from impurities. B. Water: clean potable and free from excessive mineral content or impurities. C. Lime: ASTM C-206, Type S, hydrated. D. Cement: ASTM C-150, Type 1 or 1 A, gray color. E. Bonding agent: ASTM C-887, (for all exterior direct-to-masonry applications). ASTM

C-631, (for all interior direct-to-masonry applications). F. Accessories: Provide lath, corner beads, casing beads, base screeds, expansion joints,

control joins, soffit vents and other accessories as indicated on the Drawings or in these Specifications or as otherwise required to provide a complete and finished job.

G. Finish Coat: equal to Sto Corporation "Sto Powerflex 281 "medium texture elastomeric, ready mixed textured wall coating. application rate shall be 110-120 square feet per 5 gallon pail over properly cured cement plater substrate. Colors shall be as selected by Architect from standard color sam pies.

09220 - Page 1 of 3

Page 158: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

H. Sheathing Board: as specified in Section 09260.

2.2 MIXING:

3.0

3.1

A. Proportion and measure material for each plaster batch accurately with batches sized for complete use within a maximum of one hour after mixing and to set within a maximum 4 hours. Do not re-temper or use partially set plaster. Do not use frozen, caked, or lumpy material and remove such materials from job site immediately. Use moist, loose sand in mix proportions. Withhold 10% of mixing water until mixing is almost complete, then add as needed to produce necessary consistency.

B. Mechanical Mixing: Mix each batch separately and clean mixer of set and hardened materials before loading materials for new batch. Maintain mixer in continuous operation while adding mixing materials. Conform to mixing sequence, cycle of operation and time recommended by manufacturer of plaster materials.

C. Hand Mixing: Do not hand-mix unless authorized by the Architect. Provide waterproof protection under mixing boxes and water barrels when mixing in the building. Use only sufficient water to render plaster workable.

D. Mix Proportions: Scratch coat and brown coat plaster to be one part cement, six parts sand aggregate and one part lime. Finish coat to be Sta Powerflex 281 elastomeric pre-mixed medium textured finish as specified above, applied as per manufacturer's printed instructions.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. Examine surface to receive plaster for properly secured grounds, furring, screeds, casing beads, plaster stops, metal lath, and accessories. Grounds set to receive the specified thickness of plaster. Verify installation of blocking and anchorage for work of other trades.

B. Verify condition of substrate and work of other trades. Do not proceed with application of plaster until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected and acceptable. Beginning plastering will be construed as acceptance of all conditions.

C. Protect adjacent finished surfaces from possible damage during plaster application. D. For plaster to be applied directly to masonry, examine masonry joints and wall

surfaces for conditions that would adversely affect plaster application. Dampen masonry prior to application of scratch coat as directed by Architect.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Install furring and lathing in accordance with Section 09205. B. Install accessory items over approved furring and lathing installation. Provide corner

beads at all external corners. Provide casing beads at locations where plaster abuts planes of different materials or wherever else plaster finish terminates. Leave 1/4" gap for sealant. Provide control joints and expansion joints as indicated on the drawings and wherever else required to eliminate surface cracking. Do not bridge expansion joints. Install all accessories to lines and locations required and rigidly secure with screws. Miter all corners.

C. Supplement lath with strips of additional lath reinforcement diagonally placed at corners of all openings. Provide corner reinforcing at all interior corners.

D. Stucco thickness over metal lath on exterior wall or vertical surfaces shall be minimum 1 ", measured from back of lath; soffits or horizontal application shall be 3/4" thick.

09220 - Page 2 of 3

Page 159: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

E. Three Coat Application: scratch coat, brown coat and white finish coat. Apply scratch coat (first coat) with sufficient material and pressure to form full keys on metal lath. Scratch or cross rake a rough surface and allow to set firm and hard. Apply plaster screeds to scratch coat prior to application of brown coat. Moist cure as required. Apply brown coat (second coat) and bring surface out to grounds. Straighten to a true surface with rod and darby without application of water. Broom surface (to provide key for finish coat) and leave ready to receive finish coat (third coat). Moist cure as required.

F. Finish Coats: Allow substrate to cure as required before finish coating. Ensure that substrate is cured, dry and free of bond-inhibiting contaminants prior to installation of finish coat. Application of Sta Powerflex 281 medium textured pre-mixed finish coat in one continuous operation over any given surface in order to avoid laps, using a clean stainless steel trowel (do not use spray application method). Check color of each batch for proper color match. Application rate shall be 110-120 square feet per 5 gallon pail over cement plaster substrate. Cure as required. Float finish free from laps, slick spots, and other blemishes to match approved sample panel. Apply only when ambient air temperature is between 40 and 100 degrees Fahrenheit. Protect finish coat product from extreme heat, freezing and direct sunlight prior to application.

G. All surfaces of finish plaster shall be true lines; vertical, plumb; level or inclined, as required by the accompanying drawings. All inside and outside corners shall be square, sharp and true to line. Maximum allowable deviation from plane to be 1/8" in 1 O' in any direction.

H. Methods and timing of curing processes to be the sole responsibility of this contractor.

I. Remove and replace all cracked, crazed or otherwise defective areas of plaster, including lath and accessories, if damaged during removal.

3.3 ADJUST & CLEAN:

A. Upon completion, point-up plaster around trim and other locations as required. B. Remove protective materials and plaster materials from adjacent surfaces. Remove

stains from plaster surfaces that would affect finishes. C. Clean up and remove job related debris from site.

09220 - Page 3 of 3

Page 160: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 161: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100

SECTION 09260

LIGHT STEEL FRAMING AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS

B. Dampproofing, Waterproofing and Flashings: Section 07160 C. Building Insulation: Section 0721 O D. Caulking & Sealants: Section 07920 E. Furring & Lathing: Section 09205 F. Painting: Section 09900

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Perform gypsum wallboard system work in accordance with Gypsum Association 216 and 201 and with ASTM C-645, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Materials and application to be in strict accordance with the system manufacturers' current published specifications.

C. Fire rated assemblies: All assemblies required to provide a specified degree of fire protection shall conform to all testing agency requirements for such assembly.

D. This section covers both structural framing (exterior) and interior framing (interior). Drawings reflect general design intent. The details of the system, including (but not limited to) connectors, anchorage, etc. shall be provided in accordance with the design requirements of the designing engineer. Any costs related to changes required by designing engineer shall be borne by the Contractor.

E. Designer Qualifications: Design framing system under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Texas. All costs related thereto shall be borne by the Contractor.

F. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, and with minimum three years of documented experience.

G. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to the site bundled and/or packaged with manufacturer's labels, testing agency labels, required classifications and ratings clearly shown.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Maintain temperature ranges of 55 degrees to 70 degrees F. during cold weather through installation and joint treatment application.

B. Protect work from excessive humidity. This Contractor to be responsible for work not so protected and for work accomplished during conditions of excessive humidity and moisture.

C. Provide adequate ventilation, mechanical or natural, as necessary. D. Maintain light level of 30 footcandles minimum.

09260 - Page 1 of 6

Page 162: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.5 SUBMITTALS:

2.0

2.1

A. Product Data: Provide data on standard framing members, describe materials and finish, product criteria, limitations.

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on factory-made framing connectors, showing compliance with requirements.

C. Shop Drawings: Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, welds, and type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of related work. 1. Describe method for securing studs to tracks and for bolted framing

connections. 2. Provide design engineer's stamp on shop drawings.

PRODUCTS

FRAMING SYSTEM:

A. Provide primary and secondary structural framing members, bridging, bracing, plates, gussets, clips, fittings, reinforcement, and fastenings as required to provide a complete structural system.

B. Design Criteria: Provide completed framing system having the following characteristics: 1. Design: Calculate structural characteristics of cold-formed steel framing

members according to AISI S100-12. 2. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and erect to withstand

specified design loads for project conditions within required limits. 3. Design Loads: As indicated on the drawings. 4. Live load deflection meeting the following, unless otherwise indicated:

a. Exterior Non-Load Bearing Curtain-Wall Framing: 1. Horizontal deflection of 1 /600 of the wall height at masonry

veneer and cement plaster wall. 2. Horizontal deflection of 1 /360 of the wall height at metal

panels. b. Design non-axial load bearing framing to accommodate not less than

3/4 in vertical deflection. 5. Able to tolerate movement of components without damage, failure of joint

seals, undue stress on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day/night temperature ranges.

6. Able to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings.

C. Deliver to site in largest practical sections.

2.2 MATERIALS:

A. Shaftwall System (2 hour rated} for closers at existing building. U.S.G. Shaftwall system or approved equal. System to be complete including 1" liner panels, 1/2" gypsum board panels, metal framing system (including, but not limited to, track runners, H-studs and jamb struts) and finishing producrs (including, but not limited to, joint compound, sealant, primer/surface). System shall conform in all respects to U.L. U415. Contractor shall coordinate dimensional and conditional requirements of existing openings to be infield and shall verify same prior to ordering. Studs shall be ga. required by ht. of opening, installed at 24" oc. per U.L. U415 (L/360).

B. Metal Studs: Interior steel studs shall be galvanized steel studs, screw-type, Cee­shaped, of gauges and dimensions shown on the Drawings. Exterior framing shall be SJ-shaped structural studs. Spacing and gauges shall be as shown on the Drawings.

C. Runners and Ceiling Track: Match studs.

09260 - Page 2 of 6

Page 163: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

D. Furring Channels: Steel, hat-shaped, 25 gauge. Provide channel clips for attachment to channels.

E. Channel Stiffeners: Steel cold-rolled channel, 25 gauge. Channel stiffeners are to be installed in all metal stud framed walls.

F. Framing Channels: galvanized steel channels 16 gauge, 3/4" (with 1/2" flange) and 1-1/2" (with 17/32" flange).

G. Fasteners: Type S bugle-head screws; ASTM C-1002; size and length as recommended by system manufacturer for specific application.

H. Tie Wires: 8 gauge galvanized soft annealed wire for suspension hangers; 18 gauge galvanized soft annealed wire for wire-tying channels and framing members. Provide approved inserts for suspension from concrete.

I. Blocking: Provide wood blocking as detailed and wherever necessary to support trim or wall-hung or wall-supported items. Blocking to be No. 2 southern yellow pine or fir, fire retardant treated.

2.3 FASTENERS:

A. Self-Drilling, Self-Tapping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153/A153M.

B. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capacity to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

C. Welding: In conformance with AWS D1. 1/D1 .1 M.

2.4 BOARD PRODUCTS:

A. Exterior sheathing 3/4" thick CDX plywood. B. Typical interior wall and ceilings gypsum wallboard: Type X, fire rated 5/8" thick; U.L.

rated, ASTM C-36 square cut ends and tapered edges. C. All varieties of gypsum board to be provided in lengths and widths required to

minimize jointing. D. For shaftwall: 1/2" fire code C panels; 1" liner panels.

2.5 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES:

3.0

3.1

A. Corner Beads: Galvanized metal, with 1" flanges. B. Casing Beads: Galvanized metal "J" trim. C. Control Joints: Pre-formed zinc with 1/4" opening; 7/16" deep. D. Joint Treatment: perforated reinforcing tape, joint and topping compound either

ready-mixed or powdered. Provide a complete system by manufacturer of gypsum wallboard system, applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed literature and with GA 216 and ASTM C-475. Must be testing agency approved for fire-rated assemblies.

EXECUTION

FRAMING:

A. Metal studs and framing to be 16" on centers, or as indicated on the Plans. Screw anchor both sides of stud flanges at runner tracks.

B. All interior partitions to be height as indicated on the Drawings. Extend to structure where indicated or as otherwise required. Extend bracing from partition or furr down to structure.

C. Install channel stiffeners in stud framed walls, valances and header walls at 4'-0" on centers vertically.

09260 - Page 3 of 6

Page 164: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

D. Blocking & Anchor Plates: Install wood blocking for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, wall cabinets, toilet accessories, hardware and all other wall­supported items. Screw blocking to studs. Where detailed on the Drawings, install steel anchor plates in sizes and shapes indicated. Weld to studs. Install all blocking and anchor plates in a timely fashion. Coordinate with approved shop drawings.

E. Coordinate installation of anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work which is to be placed in or behind partition framing. Allow such items to be installed after framing is complete.

F. Install shaft wall at existing stucco panels at existing middle school. Conform to manufacturers requirement and to U.L. assembly requirements. Anchor studs up face of stucco at 16" o.c. min.

3.2 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION:

A. All gypsum board to be installed in accordance with requirements for 1 hour-rating, whether wall or assembly is required to perform as a 1-hour rated assembly or not. Conform to U.L. U465. Install gypsum board vertically to studs with edges and ends occurring over studs or furring. Stagger end joints 24" on each side. Apply gypsum board with 1" screws 8" o.c. at ends and 12" o.c. at intermediate studs. Stagger end joints of panels using panels in maximum practical lengths. Avoid piecing. Joint layout at openings to be made so that no joints align with edges of opening. Support ends on studs or furring; ends may be back-blocked in lieu of furring using manufacturer's recommended method. Neatly fit ends and edges of wallboard without forcing.

B. At suspended gypsum board ceilings, space 8 gauge hanger wires 48" o.c. along carrying channels and within 6" of ends of carrying-on channel runs. In concrete anchor hangers by attachment to reinforcing steel, by loops embedded at least 2" or by approved inserts. For steel construction, wrap hanger around or through beams or joists. Do not hang from ducts, conduit, fixtures or other non-approved components. Install 1-1/2" carrying channels 48" or (max.) and within 6" of walls. Position channels for proper ceiling height, level, and secure with hanger wire saddle-tied along channels. Provide 1" clearance between runners and abutting walls and partitions. At channel splices, interlock flanges, overlap ends 12" and secure each end with double-strand 18 gauge tie wire. Erect metal furring channels at right angles to 1-1/2" carrying channels. Space furring within 6" of walls. Provide 1" clearance between furring ends and abutting walls and partitions. Attach furring channels to 1-1/2" channels with channel clips installed on alternate sides of carrying channel. Saddle-tie furring to channels with double-strand 18 gauge tie wire when clips cannot be alternated. At splices, nest furring channels with at least 8" overlap and securely wire-tie each end with double­strand 18 gauge tie wire. At light troffers or any openings that interrupt the carrying or furring channels, install additional cross-referencing to restore the lateral stability of grillage.

D. Use screws when fastening wallboard to metal framing, furring and wood furring. For double layer applications, secure second layer to first with screws. Install fasteners no closer than 3/8" to end or edges. Space fasteners opposite each other on adjacent ends or edges.

E. Infield areas at existing building to receive 2 hour shaftwall panels shall be prepared as necessary to accommodate the requirements of the shaftwall system. Install shaft system in strict accordance with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for U.L. U415. Finish face layer joints and seal perimeter.

09260 - Page 4 of 6

Page 165: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

F. Place control joints as shown on the Drawings and/or in accordance with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations. Install in longest practical lengths. In no event shall partition or furring runs exceed 30 feet in length without control joints. At less-than-ceiling height openings, provide control joints extended from each frame corner up to the ceiling, installed at each jamb and on each side of the opening. At fire rated assemblies, back-block full length of control joints with two thicknesses of 5/8" fire-rated gypsum board.

G. Install corner beads at all external corners. Install casing beads at all exposed edges and where dissimilar materials abut gypsum board. Install in longest practical lengths.

H. Treat cut-edges and cut-outs in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant.

3.3 SHEATHING APPLICATION:

A. For metal framing, screw-attach exterior wall sheathing to each stud with 1" Type S cadmium-plated screws spaced 8" o.c. Install sheathing with long dimension perpendicular to framing with grooved edges down, interlocking the tongue of the panel below. Ends of panels shall abut over centers of framing members. Stagger all end joints. Fasteners to be driven so that heads are at or slightly below surface. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to facing or core. Hold sheathing back from perimeter interface with other materials and sheathing penetration and apply sealant per manufacturer's written recommendations. Provide control joints in sheathing per manufacturer's recommendations and seal. Apply dampproofing, flashings and waterproofing as indicated on the Drawings and in Section 07160. Seal all penetrations and joints in the sheathing as per manufacturer's written instructions.

3.4 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION:

A. Carefully fit acoustical insulation in partitions tight within framing, around openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions and tight to items passing thru partitions.

B. At all partitions indicated to receive acoustical insulation, place acoustical sealant around partition perimeter and at all penetrations of partitions by conduit, pipe, duct work and electrical boxes, etc.

3.5 JOINT FINISHING:

A. All details of joint finishing to be in strict accordance with system manufacturer's published specifications.

B. Finish all sight-exposed joints as follows: 1) Pre-fill joints and allow set up leaving depression or taper to receive taper.

Allow to dry thoroughly before taping. 2) Apply thin layer of compound, bed tape and skim coat without filling taper.

Allow to dry thoroughly. 3) Float over embedding coat when dry, filling taper flush with wallboard

surface. Joints without taper to be feathered out 4" either side of joint. 4) Apply finish coat of topping compound, sand and leave smooth to receive

scheduled finish. C. Reinforce inside corners with tape folded to angle and embedded in compound.

Apply at least one additional coat and feather out 9". D. Fastener depressions to be filled in two applications of joint compound and a finish

application of topping compound. Sand smooth for application of scheduled finish. Allow 24 hours drying time between coats.

E. Beads and trim to be finished same as joints with successive applications being feathered out so that finish coat of topping compound can be sanded smooth and feathered out uniformly to adjacent wallboard surface.

09260 - Page 5 of 6

Page 166: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

F. Above ceilings and at all other joints not exposed to view, pre-fill, bed and tape joints only.

G. Seal partitions around perimeter and at all penetrations with U.L. approved joint compound.

H. Upon completion, but before finishing, correct all surface damage defects and leave all surfaces smooth, and without blemishes which will show through finish.

3.6 TEXTURE:

A. Texture all gypsum board scheduled to paint or otherwise so indicated. Sand paper smooth finish drywall partitions where scheduled to receive wall covering. Final texture at painted walls to be selected by Architect from 2' x 2' samples prepared at the job site. After selection prepare one wall for final approval by Architect before proceeding with finishing.

B. Do not texture until building humidity is stabilized and satisfactory.

3.7 CLEAN:

A. Upon completion, remove all excess materials, cartons and other debris resulting from operations of Work of this Section.

09260 - Page 6 of 6

Page 167: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Concrete Masonry Units: Section 04220 B. Caulking & Sealants: Section 07920

SECTION 09310

CERAMIC TILE

C. Light Steel Framing and Gypsum Wallboard Systems: Section 09260 D. Toilet Accessories: Section 10800 E. Fittings of Plumbing & Electrical Trades as specified in Section 15 and 16

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Perform this work with experienced personnel and in strict accordance with manufacturer's current published specifications and recommendations.

B. All materials including setting and grouting materials to comply with applicable standards of the Tile Council of America.

1.3 SUBMITIALS:

A. Submit Master Grade Certificate and Standard Grade Seal for all tile products. B. Submit sample cards in duplicate to Architect for selection of color and texture for

each tile type. C. Colors to be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's colors and textures within

the specified type group. For mosaic tiles, percentages of tiles utilized may be varied at Architect's discretion. Architect reserves right to create patterns and to select any combination of colors to achieve desired appearance. In no case shall specified accent wall exceed 20% of given wall area. Grout colors to be selected from manufacturer's standard colors.

D. When requested by the Architect, provide samples of the tiles under consideration. Samples to have grouted joints per Architect's color selections.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver all materials in manufacturer's unopened containers. Cartons to be grade­sealed by manufacturer in accordance with ANSI A137.1 with labels intact and legible. All manufactured mortars, grouts and accessory items to be identified as to compliance with referenced standards.

B. Protect all items from moisture, damage and/or contamination.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

A. Comply with minimum temperature requirements of the manufacturer of setting and grouting materials.

B. Protect adjoining work prior to starting tile work. C. Maintain minimum 30 footcandle illumination.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. General: Tile shall conform to ANSI A137.1 unless specifically indicated otherwise.

09310 - Page 1 of 3

Page 168: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

B. Wall Tiles: Field Tile shall be standard grade 4-1/4" x 4-1/4" cushion-edged "Semi­Gloss" porcelain glazed tile as manufactured by Dal Tile or approved equal. Architect reserves right to create an accent band using different colors of the specified tile. Finish to be brite. Color selections shall be from all price groups. Color and pattern to be from all color groups and shall not exceed 20% of field area.

C. Ceramic Floor Tiles: Standard grade 2" x 2" cushion-edge porcelain unpolished porcelain tiles as manufactured by Dal Tile "Mosaic Color Body" or approved equal. Color for ceramic field floor tile shall be chosen from all price groups. Accents to be from "solid" series (all colors) and shall not exceed 20% offield area.

D. Tiles at statuary niches (Room 120 -two locations). Tile to be Dal Tile "City Lights" Glass mosaics 1/2" x 1/2". Selection to be made from all price groups.

E. Exterior Tile: 12" x 12" x 5/16" thick glazed ceramic tile equal to "Natural Hues on Eco-body" by Dal Tile. Selection to be made from all price groups (one color).

F. Ceramic Tile Trim: Provide all necessary trim shapes for a complete and finished installation, including (but not limited to) cove bases, wainscot caps, tops and returns. Provide trim in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for specific conditions. Trim tiles to match adjoining tile type (floor, wall, etc.); wainscot caps and coved base to match wall tiles.

G. Latex Portland Cement Mortar: Portland cement mortar to be composed of portland cement (ASTM C-150, Type I}, sand (ASTM C-144), hydrated lime (ASTM C-206, Type S), and clean, potable water. Conform to applicable requirements of ANSI A118.4.

H. Dry-set Mortar: Dry-set mortar to be a mixture of portland cement, sand, and water plus T.C.A. Formula 759 additives complying with ANSI 118.1. Mortar to be manufactured by L&M Tile products or equal.

I. Leveling coat: where required, dry-set mortar mixed with an equal volume of one part portland cement and one and a half parts sand. (for 1/4" or Jess application - for application greater than 1/4" as directed by Architect).

J. Grout: Latex-portland cement dry-set grout (non-sanded) as manufactured by L&M Tile Products or equal.

K. Termination strips - 2 1/2" wide marble sills, 3/4" thick w/beveled edges. Color to be selected by Architect.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS:

3.0

3.1

A. Approved manufacturers: In addition to the manufacturer whose product is identified above as the basis for minimum required quality, equivalent products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable. All others will require prior approval. 1) Monarch Tile Manufacturing, Inc. 2) Lone Star Ceramics Co. 3) American Olean

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Examine surfaces to receive tile and begin no work until conditions which will adversely affect the completed tile installation are corrected. Do not begin installation until all surfaces are acceptable and ready to receive tile.

B. Surfaces to receive tile shall be true in plane and shall deviate no more than 1 /8" in 10 feet for horizontal applications and no more than 1/8" in 8 feet for vertical applications. Wherever surface irregularities require, provide a portland cement leveling coat.

09310 - Page 2 of 3

Page 169: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.2 PREPARATION:

A. Coordinate installation of tile with work of other trades. Insure that all necessary blocking, anchors, accessories, and electrical and mechanical items in or behind tile are installed prior to tile installation.

B. Clean substrate and leave surfaces to receive tile dry, clean and free from films which would impair bonding.

C. Fill all voids and depressions. Apply leveling coat where required.

3.3 APPLICATION:

A. General: installation officer tile and trim to be in accordance with T.C.A. F-113. Installation of wall tile and trim to be in accordance with T.C.A. W-213 for masonry substrates and T.C.A. W-243 for drywall substrates. All details of installation to conform to ANSI A108.5 and A108.1 as applicable.

B. Layout: Center tile fields on applied areas so that no tile is no Jess than half size. For vertical heights dimensioned, maintain full courses to produce nearest attainable height without cutting the tile. Align all joints within the general field of wall and floor tiles.

C. Mortar: Thin set wall and floor tiles, except as otherwise detailed or noted on the Plans. Use dry set mortar for floor tiles. Use Jatex-portland cement for all other applications. Seal and prepare substrate as recommended by manufacturer. Trowel mortar to uniform thickness of 1/8" or as required to affect 3/32" minimum thickness after tiles are beat in. Do not apply more mortar than can be covered before mortar's initial set.

D. Tile Installation: Cut tile and trim shapes accurately. Rub edges smooth. Fit tile around outlets, pipes, fixtures, accessories and fittings so that covering plates, escutcheons, collars and flanges will overlap cuts. Set all tile by pressing firmly into mortar or adhesive with a slight twisting motion and beat in. Tiles to be installed in a uniform plane across the surface of the tiles; irregularities greater than 1/16" will be rejected.

E. Wherever tile terminates in a doorway or other location resulting in an exposed edge, install a marble termination strip. Full width.

F. Expansion and control joints: Provide expansion and control joints at changes in substrate, and all locations where movement may create stresses in the tile face plane. Install joints in accordance with ANSI A108.1 and A108.5.

G. Protect previously-placed tile during installation by using knee-boards and other methods as may be required.

H. Grouting: Setting mortar to be dry 24 hours minimum before grouting. Spread grouting mixture over surface with large brush and full joint by wiping with a cloth or sponge (use rubber-faced trowel for sanded grout). Fill all joints completely to the depth of the cushion for cushion-edged tile; for square-edged tile, fill joints flush with tile surface. Damp-cure in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

I. Prohibit foot traffic from areas of installation for 24 hours.

3.4 CLEAN-UP:

A. Sponge and wash tiles thoroughly with clean water after grout has cured. Then clean with damp cloth. Acid or acid type cleaners are not permitted.

B. Protect tile work from damage until project completion. C. Replace damaged tile where required. D. Three (3) days prior to final inspection clean all tile surfaces with damp cloth. E. Turn over unused ceramic tile in opened cartons to Owner for future repair work.

09310 - Page 3 of 3

Page 170: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 171: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

SECTION 09510

LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS

A. Suspended Gypsum Board Ceilings: Section 09260 B. Mechanical & Electrical components to be installed as specified in Divisions 15 and

16 (Sprinkler System)

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. This work to be performed by personnel regularly engaged in lay-in ceiling work. Items supplied for this Section are to be from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of ceiling materials.

B. Work to be in conformance with ASTM C-635 and C-636. C. Where scheduled, provide fire-rated ceiling assemblies tested and approved by U.L.

to meet or exceed the required rating. Testing to conform to ASTM E-119. D. Provide units with flame spread rating equal to that specified, tested in accordance

with ASTM E-84. E. Provide units with light reflectance and acoustical qualities specified, tested in

accordance with ASTM C-523 and ASTM C-423 respectively.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver and store materials in original, unopened, protective packaging with manufacturer's labels indicating brand name, patterns, size and thickness. Labels to be legible and intact.

B. Store cartons open at each end to stabilize moisture content and temperature. C. Do not begin installation until sufficient materials to complete a room are received.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Material application must be during dry weather conditions. Maintain relative humidity of 20 to 40 percent and temperatures above 60 degrees F.

B. Provide adequate illumination. C. Coordinate with sprinkler system installer and/or other trades for work penetrating

through or supported by suspended ceiling system.

1.5 SUBMITTALS:

A. Provide manufacturer's literature indicating types, sizes and surface texture of all components.

B. When required by the Architect, submit actual samples of tiles, grid members and any other component of the ceiling assembly.

1.6 GUARANTEE:

A. Guarantee the ceiling to be free of installation defects for period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance by the Owner.

0951 O - Page 1 of 3

Page 172: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Suspended Grid-System - as scheduled below exposed tee grid cold rolled steel with double web snap grid components. All components of the system to be by one manufacturer.

B. Hangers and/or Inserts - of sizes and types recommended by manufacturer. Sole responsibility for types and carrying capacity of hangers and/or inserts to rest with this installer.

C. Rough Suspension - hanger wire to be minimum 12 gauge, galvanized soft annealed steel wire.

D. Lay-In Ceiling Tile - as scheduled below, Class A flame-spread. Color to be white. E. Accessories - provide edge angles, splice clips and all other accessories required to

provide a complete and finished installation. Accessories to match grid.

2.2 CEILING GRID AND TILE SCHEDULE (Refer reflected ceiling Plans):

A. 2' x 2' lay-in ceiling tile and grid. Panels to be equal to Armstrong "Cortega" tile number 770, 24" x 24" x 5/8" dimension. Tile color to be white. Grid to be equal to Armstrong Prelude Plus 15/16" exposed aluminum tee system (white).

2.3 MANUFACTURERS:

3.0

3.1

A. Approved Manufacturers: In addition to any manufacturer whose materials and/or products are identified by brand name or number within the text of this Section as the basis for minimum required quality, equivalent materials and/or products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable. All others will require prior approval. 1) Armstrong 2) Owens-Corning 3) Donn Corp. 4) Certain Teed

EXECUTION

PREPARATION:

A. Work normally requiring the services of a tradesman other than a ceiling installer to be done by that tradesman. For example, all electrical work to be accomplished by a licensed electrician.

B. Verify that work of other trades is sufficiently complete to beginning. Coordinate hanger locations with work of other trades.

3.2 GRID INSTALLATION:

A. All details of installation to conform to ASTM C-636. B. Install hanger wires 4"-0" (maximum) on centers in each direction. Locate on center

lines of room or space. As hanger wires are installed, verify that inserts and/or hangers are satisfactorily embedded or secured to the structure. Replace all unsatisfactory inserts and/or hangers. Suspend from structure only; suspension from equipment, conduit, plumbing lines, etc. not allowed.

C. Provide additional hangers and/or inserts and hanger wires where mechanical or electrical equipment, ducts or any other above-ceiling item prevents regular hanger­wire spacing.

09510 - Page 2 of 3

Page 173: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

D.

E.

F. G.

H.

Provide additional hangers as required to support light fixtures and other ceiling mounted components. Hangers to carry fixtures independently. Install main runners at 4'-0" on center. Provide materials in maximum practicable lengths. Install 48" long cross tees at 2'-0" on center to form 2' x 4' or 2' x 2' module as identified on the plans. Install wall moldings at intersections of lay-in ceilings and vertical planes. Miter all corners where wall angles intersect. Where required for stability pop rivet units together. Finish of rivets to match grid. Install grid and mount grid-supported components in such a manner that deflection is limited to 1/360.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF CEILING TILE:

A. Install the ceiling tile in true level plane and straight line course. All tile to be clean and free from surface defects. Do not install defective units. Place materials to bear all around on suspension members. Seal joints in acoustical units around pipes, ducts and electrical outlets with caulking compound.

B. Carefully cut tiles to sizes required for an exact fit. All cuts shall be affected in such a manner as to avoid edge damage. Miter at truncated ceiling for clear, even appearance, free from voids or gaps.

C. Install acoustical units with hold down clips at all fire-rated assemblies and wherever else scheduled to prevent movement or displacement of units.

3.4 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. Clean soiled or discolored grid surfaces. Touch-up scratches, abrasions, voids, and other defects in grid surfaces. Clean or replace damaged, scratched or improperly installed ceiling tiles.

09510 - Page 3 of 3

Page 174: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 175: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Ceramic Tile: Section 09310

SECTION 09660

RESILIENT FLOORING

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Perform this work with experienced personnel and in accordance with material with manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit color, pattern and texture samples for selection by the Architect. B. Supply additional unused tile in the amount of 1 % of the installed tile for future repair

work. Obtain receipt from Owner to prove delivery of spare tile.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to the project site free of damage, with manufacturer's labels and testing agency labels intact and legible. Handle materials with care to prevent damage to materials, labels, or containers. Store materials dry, inside or under cover without overloading structure.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

A. Ventilate spaces with temporary equipment during application and drying of materials if not naturally ventilated. Maintain spaces to receive resilient floor covering at 70 degrees F. minimum at floor level for at lest 48 hours after installation. Illuminate to at least 30 footcandles in areas where work is in progress.

B. Protect adjacent materials as necessary to prevent staining or damage. Do not proceed with installation until other finishing items are completed, included painting.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Resilient Floor Tile - 12" x 12" x 1/8" thick, composition vinyl floor tile shall be Tarkett "Expressions" standard vinyl com position tile, or approved equal. Architect reserves the right to select and create accents or patterns from specified color groups within any given field tile area. In no case shall total of accents exceed 20% of field tiles.

B. Rubber Base - 1/8" thick coved rubber base, 4" high. Base to conform to Federal Specifications SS-W-40A and Amendment I. Base to be supplied in rolls (continuous coils). Four-foot sectional base is NOT acceptable. Base to be equal to FLEX CO or equal.

C. Vinyl Reducing Strip - Roppe #22 or equal, 1/8" vinyl tile reducer strip, color as selected by Architect. Marble transition strips at ceramic tile - refer Section 09310.

D. Adhesive - as recommended by Flooring Manufacturer.

09660 - Page 1 of 3

Page 176: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

E. Primer - as recommended by Adhesive Manufacturer. F. Leveling Compound & Crack Filler - a mixture of neoprene latex and "Luminite" cement. G. Walls and Sealers - as directed by the Owner.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. Examine to assure that substrate surfaces are smooth, level, clean and free of foreign matter with imperfections filled or ground smooth. Do not begin installation until all surfaces are ready to receive surfacing.

3.2 PREPARATION:

A. In areas to receive vinyl composition floor tile flooring, clean all concrete surfaces thoroughly with a vacuum type sanding machine. Do not lay tile over debris on the floor, including grit, bumps on concrete, dirt, shavings, etc.

B. Apply leveling compound and prime concrete as recommended by manufacturer. Allow leveling compounds to properly cure before proceeding with tile installation. Floor tile that later reflects substrate imperfections showing through the floor tile, including debris and uneven floor substrate, shall be replaced with matching tile, with the imperfections remedied.

C. Provide adequate lighting for all flooring work.

3.3 INSTALLATION:

A. Floor tile shall be laid starting at the center of the room and working toward the edges. Tile shall be square with the room axis and laid in full contact with the sub­floor. The tile shall be neatly scribed to door frames and vertical surfaces, fitting neatly into breaks, recesses and around pipe and the like.

B. Adhesive for each product to be applied and allowed to dry as directed by manufacturer's printed instructions. Protect area as required from dirt and other debris blowing onto the adhesive covered substrate.

C. Where flooring terminates on concrete floor and/or edge is not otherwise protected, the exposed edge of the tile shall be protected with a narrow wedge shaped vinyl reducing strip.

D. Install base in strict conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Scribe base to frames. Trim and built-in items. Adjoin butt seams of base in a neat, tight­fitting manner.

E. Roll floor tile with a 150 pound roller after installation. Roll diagonal to tile alignment direction.

3.4 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. All work shall have a final inspection and necessary repairs and adjustments made. Loose or projecting tiles shall be reseated. Tiles with fractures or broken corners shall be replaced.

B. Tile shall be cleaned of adhesive, dirt and foreign substances. Cleaners shall only be those recommended by the tile manufacturer.

C. Protect flooring for duration of project, however, do not adhere masking tape directly to un-waxed floor tile. Not more than three (3) days prior to final inspection, clean and vacuum clean wood flooring.

09660 - Page 2 of 3

Page 177: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.5 WAXING/SEALING:

A. Coordinate with Owner for products and application. B. The composition floor tile shall be sealed and then waxed by the contractor with two

coats of a water emulsion, non-skid, self-polishing wax, applied as per manufacturer's written directions. Do not use an acrylic wax for this first wax application, since the new composition floor tile needs to completely cure before having a non-permeable wax installed.

C. Waxing shall be done at the end of the project, prior to the final punch list inspection. D. Seal perimeters of tile at potentially wet areas with clear silicone sealer before

installing base and also seal at all door frames.

09660 - Page 3 of 3

Page 178: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 179: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Concrete Masonry Units: Section 04220 B. Hollow Metal Doors: Section 08100 C. Hollow Metal Frames: Section 08110 D. Wood Doors: Section 08210 E. Finish Carpentry and Millwork: Section 06200

SECTION 09900

PAINTING AND STAINING

F. Light Steel Framing and Gypsum Wallboard Systems: Section 09260 G. Mechanical & Electrical components to be painted per Divisions 15 and 16.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Approved manufacturer's standard specifications and recommendations are hereby made a part of this specification.

B. All materials to be delivered in sealed original packages or containers. All such packages and containers to bear brand and manufacturer's name, type of paint, instructions for use, etc.

1.3 SUBMITIALS:

A. Materials List: Submit in triplicate the following information for approval by Architect: 1) Supplier's name. 2) Number and generic description of each proposed product and its usage

description. 3) Product data sheet for each proposed product type.

B. Samples: When requested by the Architect, provide 12" x 12" samples in duplicate of colors under consideration. Prepare samples on actual material to be used on job. Sam pies to have all coats applied thereon with coats arranged so that prime coat will show, second coat will show, and successive coats will show in an overlapping fashion.

C. Field Control: When requested by Architect, request review of first finished room, space, or item of each color scheme for approval as to color, texture and workmanship. Approved room, space or item to serve as the project standard.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Store only approved materials on the project site. The total amount of flammable materials stored shall be limited to the recommendations of NFPA 30, the Flammable or Combustible Liquids Code.

B. Store materials and equipment in a suitable ventilated location, free from hazards associated with open flames, excessive heat and potential for spontaneous combustion. Keep containers tightly closed except during use.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which coatings and coating systems may be applied.

B. Do not apply finishes in areas in which construction dust is being generated. C. Provide minimum 40 footcandles illumination on task for surfaces being painted.

Provide adequate ventilation.

09900 - Page 1 of 4

Page 180: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.0

2.1

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by approved paint materials manufacturer. Terms such as "professional quality" will not be considered as fulfilling this requirement.

B. Undercoat paints to be produced by same manufacturer as finish coat unless hereinafter specified to the contrary or approved in advance by the Architect.

C. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and use only within recommended limits.

D. Mixing & Tinting: paints to be delivered to project site ready mixed and properly tinted. Job tinting and mixing to be accomplished only with Architect's approval. All such mixing to be accomplished in non-ferrous containers. All tinting to be accomplished with materials and methods recommended by the paint manufacturer. When so required by the Architect, tint primers to approximate finish coat color.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS:

3.0

3.1

A. Approved Manufacturers: Sherwin-Williams products are scheduled. In addition equivalent materials and/or products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable. All others will require approval prior to bidding. 1) Benjamin Moore & Co. 2) Jones-Blair Paint Co. 3) PPG Industries 4) Briner Paint Co. 5) Pratt & Lambert 6) Glidden

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive coatings and coating systems for conditions that will adversely affect execution or the quality of the finished work and which cannot be put into acceptable condition through preparatory work as specified in 3.2, PREPARATION. Do not proceed with surface preparation or coating application until all deficiencies are corrected. Beginning of painting implies acceptance of substrate.

3.2 PREPARATION:

A. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as specified herein for each substrate condition. Provide patching and back-up work as required. All surfaces to be painted or stained must be sound, clean, dry, free of oil, grease, dirt, mildew, rust and other foreign matter prior to painting or staining.

B. Prepare various substrates to receive paint as follows where scheduled or indicated on the Plans (all may not apply}: 1) Exterior Concrete and Plaster: Remove all efflorescence, chalk, dust, mortar

and other foreign substances. Fill cracks in accordance with painting system manufacturer's requirements. Cure at least 30 days prior to painting.

09900 - Page 2 of 4

Page 181: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2) Ferrous metals: Clean all surfaces of grease, oil, loose mill scale, rust and other foreign substances with solvent prior to applying prime coat. Hand scrape or wire brush as required. Power tool clean if surface defects are too severe for just hand cleaning. Feather edge all chips and cracks in finishes of existing metal item, schedule to repaint. Touch up shop-coat where marred. Sand and dust between coats.

3) Galvanized Metal Indicated to Paint: Clean all surfaces with mineral spirits to remove oily residue and dry prior to applying primer. Sand and dust between all finish coats.

C. Remove all hardware, hardware accessories, factory-finished surfaces, cover and switch plates, light fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finished or provide surface-applied protection. Reinstall removed items following completion of painting or staining. Clean items to which surface-applied protection was mounted and repair any damage created thereby.

D. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density and stir as required during application.

3.3 SCHEDULE:

A. General: Paint or stain all items scheduled or noted to paint/stain or otherwise required to paint/stain to provide a complete and finished job.

B. Exterior Surfaces: 1) Painted Metal (galvanized}

a. One coat primer - Galvite HS, alkyd b. Two coats - Industrial Urethane!; alkyd-gloss.

2) Painted Metal: a. One coat primer Kem Bond High Solids, Universal Metal Primer,

Alkyd b. Two coats Industrial Urethane; alkyd-gloss

3) Painted Concrete/Plaster: (Refer Section 09220 for finish system for typical exterior plaster) a. One coat Loxon Masonry Primer b. Two coats Duratin exterior; latex - satin

C. Interior Surfaces: 1) Concrete Masonry Units

a. One coat PrepRite block filler; latex b. One coat PrepRite Masonry primer; latex c. Two coats lncredicote, latex, semi-gloss

2) Painted Metal: a. One coat Kem Bond High Solids primer; alkyd. b. Two coats Industrial Enamel; alkyd-semi-gloss

3) Painted Wood: a. One coat PrepRite wall and wood primer. b Two coats Pro-Classic Alkyd Enamel; alkyd-semi-gloss

4) Painted Gypsum Board a. Tape, float and texture b. One coat PrepRite 200 primer; latex b. Two coats lncredicote; latex-semi-gloss

5) Wood to stain a. One coat Wood Classics oil stain b. Two coats Wood Classics FD Varnish; satin finish

09900 - Page 3 of 4

Page 182: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.4 APPLICATION

A. All details of application to be in strict accordance with manufacturer's published recommendation. Rate of application to be in accordance with manufacturer's average rate of coverage.

B. Back prime all interior woodwork where wet-type wall construction occurs on the backside (masonry, plaster, etc.).

C. Paint all sight-exposed conduit, pipe, panel, boxes, hangers, brackets and miscellaneous items unless otherwise noted. Paint all shop-primed mechanical and electrical equipment; pre-finished mechanical and electrical equipment is not required to paint unless so noted or specified to the contrary.

D. Surfaces of structure, ducts, and other areas visible through grilles and louvers to be painted flat black.

E. Application to be by brush, roller or spray. Materials to be applied smoothly without streaks, brush-marks, unfinished patches, sags or other blemishes. All trim shall be left clean and true to detail without undue amount of paint in corners or depressions. Edges at color changes or at material changes are to be clean, sharp and true, with no overlapping. At spray applications, protect surfaces from overspray by masking and covering as required.

F. Sand wood surfaces between coats to provide a smooth, uniform surface and dust. Fill voids, nail holes, checks and other surface imperfections and sand smooth.

G. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before application of succeeding coats and in no case shall drying time be less than that recommended by the manufacturer of the paint.

H. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through finish coats, until paint is uniform in finish and color.

3.5 REPAIR & CLEAN:

A. Remove all paint spills, overspray, splashes and splatters on exposed surfaces, both new and existing. Remove same without marring the surface finish of the item being cleaned.

B. Repair or replace, to the satisfaction of the Architect, all surfaces damaged by the painting or subsequent cleaning process. All items with damaged factory finish to be returned to factory.

C. Where required, refinish an entire area rather than spot-finishing where a portion of finish is damaged or otherwise unacceptable.

D. Not more than three (3) days prior to final inspection, visually review all areas to be inspected for spills, splashes and splatters on exposed finishes and for improperly or otherwise unacceptable application. Correct same prior to final inspection.

09900 - Page 4 of 4

Page 183: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100

SECTION 10100

MARKERBOARDS & TACKBOARDS

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Perform this work to manufacturer's printed instructions and as detailed on the Drawings.

1.3 SUBMITIALS:

A. Shop drawings and manufacturers' data are required for work in this Section. Shop drawings to indicate elevations, dimensions, joint locations and anchoring details.

B. Submit standard color selection charts for selection by Architect.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver in manufacturer's undamaged packages with manufacturer's labels and content description intact and legible. Storage and handling until installation to be in undamaged, original packages.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Install these items after finish work is complete or substantially complete as approved by the Architect.

1.6 WARRANTY:

2.0

A. Provide manufacturer's standard written warranty. Warranty shall also include a minimum one year warranty against bowing or delamination of the markerboard surfaces.

PRODUCTS

A. Marker Boards: Equal to Claridge liquid-chalkboard unit, Series 1 combination style units, in sizes as shown on the plans. Surface to be 24 gauge LCS steel in color No. 32 LCS 'White". Units to include continuous Claridge Series 1 box type (not rail type) chalk trough, with end caps, where shown on the plans, map rail and map hooks.

B. Tackboards: Equal to Claridge Series 185 with Fabricork Vinyl bulletin board surface on 1/4" thick hardboard backerboard. Provide H-bar trim at junction of markerboards and tackboards.

C. Markerboard and Tackboard Frames: Extruded clear anodized aluminum type. D. Accessories: Provide all necessary grounds, clips, closures, trim, etc. as required for

a finished and complete job. Include: 1) Chalk troughs - continuous with end closures. 2) Map rail - continuous, at top of each markerboard unit, with end caps 3) Display rail - continuous and integral with map rail; 2" tall

10100 Page 1 of 2

Page 184: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

4) Map hooks - provide 2 map hooks per 4 linear feet of map rail or fraction thereof.

5) Flag holder - provide one flag holder per classroom, lab or other similar teaching space.

EXECUTION

EXAMINATION:

A. Verify that the work of other trades is satisfactory completed enough to receive each item before proceeding.

B. Do not begin work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Install markerboards and tackboards in strict accordance with the manufacturers' instructions, and as shown on the Drawings.

B. Units shall be level, plumb and anchored to wall tightly. Panel joints to be neatly butted to have only hairline joints. Markerboards that are bowed or delaminated shall be replaced with new units.

3.3 ADJUST & CLEAN:

A. Adjust and clean all metal surfaces prior to final inspection for acceptance. B. Clean markerboards and tackboards as per the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Protect work until building is substantially complete.

10100 Page 2 of 2

Page 185: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100 B. Finish Hardware: Section 0871 O

SECTION 10500

MISCELLANEOUS SPECIAL TIES

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Furnish and install this work in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.

B. This section contains allowances which are to be included in the Contractor's contract sum. In all cases: 1) Use of allowances shall be a Owner's sole election. 2) At project end, all unused allowances revert back to Owner.

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Shop drawings and manufacturers' data are required for work in this Section. Submit maintenance and operating instructions (where applicable).

B. Submit color selection charts where required. Unless otherwise indicated, all required color selections shall be made by the Architect from manufacturer's standard range of available colors.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened, undamaged packages with manufacturer's labels and content description intact and legible. Storage and handling until installation to be in undamaged, original packages.

B. Remove protective covers at final clean-up.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

2.0

2.1

A. Install these items after finish work is complete or substantially complete as approved by the Architect.

PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERS:

A. It is not the intent of these specifications to limit materials to the product of any particular manufacturer. Materials, equipment and/or fixtures have been specified by name, manufacturer or catalog number, to define the required quality, application, physical conformity and characteristics. It is not the intention to discriminate against any supplier or manufacturer from furnishing materials or products which meet or exceed the characteristics of the specified items. All substitutes will require Architect's approval. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any changes in other work required by such substitutions and shall bear all costs for same.

10500- Page 1 of 3

Page 186: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2.2 SCHEDULE:

A. Project Betterment Allowance: Contractor shall include in the contract sum a $30,000 allowance for project betterment. Allowance shall be for materials, labor, and installation, and delivery, F.O.B. job site. Contractor's profit, overhead and general conditions costs are to be included in the contract sum and not to be included in this allowance.

B. Prayer Garden Allowance: Contractor shall include in the contract sum a $30,000 allowance for the development of a prayer garden. Allowance shall be for labor, installation and delivery, F.O.B. job site. Contractor's profit, overhead and general condition costs are to be included in the contract sum and are not to be included in the allowance. Design fees are not included in the allowance (by Owner).

C. Interior Building Signage: Provide an allowance of One Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars ($1,800.00) for interior building signage. Allowance to include the cost of the signage F.O.B. job site from the supplier to the general contractor. The cost of installing the signage by the general contractor shall be included in the base bid scope of work.

D. Plaque: Provide an allowance of $2,000.00 for the manufacture of a wall mounted cast aluminum building plaque, which shall state the year of construction, Owner and designees, general contractor, and architect. Installation shall be included in Contract Sum and is not part of the Allowance.

E. Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets: at locations as shown on the plans, provide and install semi-recessed fire extinguisher cabinets for 5 pound A-B-C extinguishers to be equal to JL Industries Panorama Series Model #C1027C70 (10 1/2" x 24" x 6" - Alum Clear Satin Anodized - semi-recessed 2 1/2" rolled edge (3 1/8" wall depth) - clear acrylic. Frameless door with red letters and pull handle. Fire Extinguishers to be furnished and installed by Owner. N.F.P.A. requirements for mounting height.

F. Fire Alarm: Furnished and installed by the electrical contractor. Refer electrical specifications.

G. Window Coverings: provided and installed by Owner by separate contract. H. Tables, Chairs, Computers, Furniture and Equipment: furnished and installed by the

Owner by separate contract. I. Expansion Joint Covers: standard aluminum construction equal to that made by C/S

Construction Specialties as per the following applications: Floor to Floor Application - ALS-100 Standard Surface Floor Cover Floor to Wall Application - ALSW-100 Standard Surface Cover Wall to Wall Application - SM-100 Standard Surface Cover Corner Wall Application - AFWC Standard Surface Cover Corner Wall to Ceiling - SMC-100 Standard Surface Cover Ceiling to Ceiling Application - HC-100 Standard Surface Cover Exterior Wall to Wall - SM-100 Standard Surface Cover

All sight exposed interior and exterior wall, floor and ceiling expansion joints shall have an aluminum expansion joint cover. At ceiling areas, expansion joints that occur at gypsum board or plaster shall have expansion joint covers as indicated above. At ceiling areas at lay-in ceilings, an expansion joint cover is not required, but do utilize standard expansion joint covers for the lay-in acoustical ceiling grid.

J. Security System: Furnished and installed by Owner. Refer electrical plans for rough­in work in this contract at selected locations. Wiring and device installation by others.

K. Data/1.T. System: Furnished and installed by Owner. Refer electrical plans for rough-in work in this contract. Wiring and device installation by others.

L. Fire Alarm, Clock and Public Address Systems: Furnished and installed by the electrical contractor. Refer electrical specifications.

M. Closed Circuit T.V. System: by Owner by separate contract.

10500- Page 2 of 3

Page 187: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

3.0

3.1

3.2

N. Interactive T.V. Monitors: provided and installed by the Owner by separate contract. At each classroom Contractor to provide and install electrical rough-in (conduits, boxes, etc. - refer electrical) for installation of wiring, cabling, system devices, and equipment by Owner. Contractor to verify and coordinate sizes and anchorage requirements and provide supplemental anchorage as required for proper support and installation.

0. Undercounter refrigerator - Furnish and install compact undercounter refrigerator with black door, 32" HT X 24" w. Equal to Summit FF63BBIADA.

P. Piping protection: Where lavatory piping is exposed below sinks or lavatories and they are not otherwise protected by a valance, furnish and install pipe protection system equal to Truebro "Lav-Guard", (white). Furnished complete with all fastners and accessories necessary for a complete and finished installation. Contractor to coordinate with plumbing.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION: A. Verify that other trades are prepared to receive each item before proceeding with the

product installation.

INSTALLATION:

A. The various items of miscellaneous specialties shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions, as shown on the Drawings, and specified relative to the work of other trades.

B. Coordinate timing of each specialty item with that of the work of the other trades.

3.3 ADJUST & CLEAN:

A. Not more than three (3) days prior to final inspection for acceptance, clean and adjust all hardware. Clean all surfaces.

10500 - Page 3 of 3

Page 188: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In
Page 189: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

1.0

1.1

GENERAL

RELATED WORK:

A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100 B. Ceramic Tile: Section 09310

SECTION 10800

TOILET ACCESSORIES

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Conform to applicable accessibility requirements as set forth by the State of Texas through the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) and Federal requirements as set forth by the Americans with Disability Act (ADA).

1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation instructions. Indicate mounting heights and locations for each accessory type. Indicate finishes and fastener type.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING:

A. Deliver materials to the job site in manufacturer's protective packaging. B. Store materials as instructed by the manufacturer, protected from weather and

construction damage. C. Remove protective covers at final clean-up.

1.5 WARRANTY:

2.0

2.1

A. Provide manufacturers' standard warranty for each scheduled item.

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS:

A. Unless otherwise indicated, accessories to be ASTM A-167, Type 304 stainless steel sheet. Sheet steel components (non-exposed) to be fabricated from commercial quality ASTM A-366. Finishes to be No. 4 satin stainless steel, ASTM B-456 Type SC 2 satin for chrome/nickel plated fabrications, one coat primer plus two coats electrostatically applied baked on enamel for painted finishes.

B. Furnish all necessary anchors and fasteners appropriate to and as recommended by the manufacturer for application at the particular location and materials indicated. Verify field conditions. Fasteners to be tamperproof.

C. Obtain quantities from the Drawings and/or the Schedule below.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS:

A. Approved Manufacturers: In addition to any manufacturer whose materials and/or products are identified by brand name or number within the text of this Section as the basis for minimum required quality, equivalent materials and/or products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable. All others will require prior approval: 1) Bradley

10800 Page 1 of 2

Page 190: A NEW MONTESSORI SCHOOL for CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS ...barcom.cc/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/iwa-montessori-arch-comple… · Concrete Formwork Void Forms Concrete Reinforcement Cast-In

2) Bo brick 3) A.S.I. Accessory Specialties, Inc.

2.3 ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE:

3.0

3.1

A. Toilet Paper Dispensers Mirrors Grab Bars Towel Dispensers

Mop/Broom Holders

Bobrick B-273 Bobrick B-165 Bobrick B-6806.99 Provided by Owner to Contractor for installation Bobrick B-223

B. Refer floor plans and interior elevations for sizes, quantities and locations.

EXECUTION

INSPECTION:

A. Check openings to receive recessed units for correct dimensions, plumb, blocking or frames that would affect installation of accessories. Check areas to receive surface mounted units for conditions that would affect quality and execution of work. Verify spacing of plumbing fixtures and toilet partitions that affect installation of accessories. Do not begin installation of accessories until openings and surfaces are acceptable.

B. Verify all mounting heights and locations (including Owner-furnished accessories) with State and Federal requirements. Install NO accessories until this has been verified.

3.2 FABRICATION:

A. Fabricate recessed units with seamless one piece flange on exposed face. Weld corners, leaving no open miters.

3.3 INSTALLATION:

A. All details of installation to be in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mount recessed accessories into wall openings with wood screws through cabinet

side into wood blocking or sheet metal screws into metal frames. Mount surface mounted accessories with screws or toggle bolts plumb and align.

C. Verify all mounting heights and locations with Architect prior to installation and location of blocking, cut-outs, etc.

3.4 ADJUST & CLEAN:

A. Adjust accessories for proper operation. B. Three (3) days prior to final inspection, remove protective covers, clean and polish all

exposed surfaces.

10800 Page 2 of 2